WO2022067802A1 - Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device - Google Patents

Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022067802A1
WO2022067802A1 PCT/CN2020/119727 CN2020119727W WO2022067802A1 WO 2022067802 A1 WO2022067802 A1 WO 2022067802A1 CN 2020119727 W CN2020119727 W CN 2020119727W WO 2022067802 A1 WO2022067802 A1 WO 2022067802A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
srs
subband
bit
frequency domain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/119727
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
田杰娇
史志华
陈文洪
黄莹沛
方昀
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to CN202080104459.XA priority Critical patent/CN116097600A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/119727 priority patent/WO2022067802A1/en
Publication of WO2022067802A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022067802A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, a terminal, and a network device.
  • the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) is devoted to the formulation of communication protocol standards.
  • the existing communication protocol standards have related records for the sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) in the communication process.
  • the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) supported by the new radio (NR) system needs to transmit the SRS over the entire frequency band resource.
  • FHSS frequency-hopping spread spectrum
  • NR new radio
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, a terminal, and a network device, so as to realize the configuration of resource location distribution for transmitting sounding reference signals, thereby improving the utilization efficiency of frequency band resources and improving the complexity of SRS. use ability.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a sounding reference signal configuration method, including:
  • the terminal acquires first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS;
  • the terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a sounding reference signal configuration method, including:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for configuring a sounding reference signal, which is applied to a terminal.
  • the apparatus includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where the processing unit is configured to:
  • Resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS is determined according to the first information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for configuring a sounding reference signal, which is applied to a network device.
  • the apparatus includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where the processing unit is configured to:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by the The processor executes the program, and the program includes instructions for executing steps in any method in the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured by the The program is executed by the processor, and the program includes instructions for executing steps in any method in the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application Some or all of the steps described in any method.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the Some or all of the steps described in any method of the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program may be a software installation package.
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal; then, the terminal obtains the first information, and determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information. Since the first information is sent by the network device to the terminal, it is beneficial to realize the configuration of the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS by the network device. In addition, the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a sounding reference signal configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a subband size of 4 PRBs provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a time domain location distribution of sounding reference signal frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to first bit bitmap information, a time-domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of time-domain location distribution of a compressed sounding reference signal frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of frequency domain location distribution of sounding reference signal frequency hopping or transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to second bitmap information, a frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a frequency domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a frequency domain position distribution in a subband provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to second bitmap information, a frequency domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a subband according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of processing in a reused manner based on resource location distribution information in a subband provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of processing in the same transmission mode based on resource location distribution mode information in a subband provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram of functional units of a sounding reference signal configuration apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a block diagram of functional units of another sounding reference signal configuration apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Networks
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • 5G 5th-Generation
  • wireless communication systems will not only support traditional wireless communication systems, but also support devices such as device to device (D2D) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine Type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication or vehicle networking (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, etc., so the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the above-mentioned wireless communication system.
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • V2X vehicle networking
  • the wireless communication system in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to beamforming (beamforming), carrier aggregation (carrier aggregation, CA), dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) or standalone (standalone, SA) deployment scenarios.
  • beamforming beamforming
  • carrier aggregation carrier aggregation
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • SA standalone
  • the wireless communication system in this embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum.
  • unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as shared spectrum.
  • the wireless communication system in this embodiment may also be applied to licensed spectrum.
  • licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
  • the terminal may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, an intelligent terminal, a wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device.
  • UE user equipment
  • an access terminal a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, an intelligent terminal, a wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device.
  • the terminal may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication function handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, relay devices, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in next-generation communication systems such as NR networks or future evolution of public land mobile communication networks network, PLMN), etc., which are not specifically limited.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the terminal can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle; can be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, industrial control ( Wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid, transportation security (transportation) wireless terminal equipment in safety), wireless terminal equipment in smart city (smart city) or wireless terminal equipment in smart home (smart home), etc.
  • a virtual reality virtual reality, VR
  • AR augmented reality
  • industrial control Wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid, transportation security (transportation) wireless terminal equipment in safety
  • wireless terminal equipment in smart city smart city
  • smart home smart home
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with a terminal, and the network device may be a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a GSM or CDMA communication system, a base station (nodeB, NB) in a WCDMA communication system, An evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE communication system or a base station (gNB) in an NR communication system.
  • the network device may also be an access point (access point, AP) in a wireless local area network (WLAN), a relay station, a network device in a future evolved PLMN network, or a network device in an NTN network, and the like.
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) layer and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, under this architecture, the higher-layer signaling (such as the RRC layer signaling) can be considered to be sent by the DU. , or sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may include one or more devices of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU may be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU may also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not specifically limited.
  • the network device may have mobile characteristics, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
  • the network device can provide services for the cell, and the terminals in the cell can communicate with the network device through transmission resources (eg, spectrum resources).
  • the cells may include small cells (small cells), urban cells (metro cells), micro cells (micro cells), pico cells (pico cells), femto cells (femto cells), and the like.
  • the wireless communication system 10 may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120 , and the network device 110 may be a device that performs communication with the terminal 120 . At the same time, the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and may communicate with the terminals 120 located within the coverage area.
  • the wireless communication system 10 may further include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals, which are not specifically limited herein.
  • the wireless communication system 10 may further include other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, etc., which are not specifically limited herein.
  • network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, etc., which are not specifically limited herein.
  • the communication between the network device and the terminal in the wireless communication system 10 and the communication between the terminal and the terminal may be wireless communication or wired communication, which is not specifically limited herein.
  • SRS Sounding reference signal
  • SRS is an important reference signal in 5G/NR system and is widely used in various functions in NR system, such as:
  • Non-codebook such as frequency domain scheduling and determination of SRS resource indicator (sounding reference signal resource indicator, SRI)/MCS.
  • NR SRS not only introduces the concept of SRS resource (SRS resource), but also introduces the concept of SRS resource set (SRS resource set).
  • the network device can configure one or more for a terminal, and each SRS Resource set can configure one or more SRS resources.
  • SRS supports three different transmission modes: periodic (periodic), semi-persistent (semi-persistent) and aperiodic (aperiodic). details as follows:
  • the periodic SRS refers to the periodically transmitted SRS, and its period and slot offset (slot offset) are configured by RRC signaling. If the terminal receives the relevant configuration information configured by the RRC signaling, the terminal sends the SRS at a certain period according to the relevant information until the relevant configuration information becomes invalid.
  • the spatial correlation information (spatial relation information) of the periodic SRS is also configured by RRC signaling.
  • the spatial correlation information is used to indicate the transmitted beam in an implicit manner, and the spatial correlation information may indicate a channel state information reference signal (channel state information, CSI-RS), a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal and PBCH) block, SSB) or refer to SRS. Therefore, the terminal may determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource according to the reception beam of the CSI-RS/SSB indicated by the spatial correlation information, or determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource according to the transmission beam of the reference SRS resource.
  • Semi-persistent SRS also refers to periodically transmitted SRS, and its period and time slot offset are configured by RRC signaling, but its activation signaling and deactivation signaling are controlled by the media access control layer (media access control control unit). element, MAC CE) is carried. The terminal starts to periodically transmit the SRS after receiving the activation signaling until the deactivation signaling is received. At the same time, the space-related information of the semi-persistent SRS is carried together by the MAC CE that activates the SRS.
  • the terminal After receiving the period and time slot offset configured by RRC signaling, the terminal determines the time slot that can be used to transmit SRS according to the following formula:
  • n f represents the radio frame number
  • T offset represents the slot offset configured by RRC signaling
  • T SRS represents the period configured by RRC signaling.
  • the aperiodic SRS refers to an SRS that is transmitted aperiodically.
  • the aperiodic SRS is a concept newly introduced in the NR system.
  • the network device can trigger the terminal to transmit SRS aperiodically through downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the trigger signaling for triggering aperiodic SRS transmission can be used for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in the UE-specific search space.
  • the DCI bearer can also be carried by the DCI format 2_3 (DCI format 2_3) in the common search space.
  • DCI format 2_3 can not only be used to trigger aperiodic SRS transmission, but also can be used to configure the TPC command of SRS on a group of UEs or a group of carriers at the same time. Meanwhile, the DCI carries a 2-bit SRS-request to trigger aperiodic transmission of the SRS.
  • the terminal After receiving the aperiodic SRS trigger signaling (such as DCI), the terminal performs aperiodic SRS transmission on the SRS resource set indicated by the trigger signaling.
  • the time slot offset between the trigger signaling and the aperiodic SRS transmission is configured by higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling).
  • the network device instructs the terminal through high-layer signaling in advance the configuration parameters of each SRS resource set, including time-frequency resources, sequence parameters, power control parameters, and the like.
  • the terminal can also determine the transmission beam used for transmitting the SRS on the SRS resource through the spatial correlation information of the SRS resource, and the spatial correlation information is configured to each SRS resource through the RRC information.
  • SRS resources For each SRS resource in the triggered SRS resource set, the terminal can also determine the transmission beam used for transmitting the SRS on the SRS resource through the spatial correlation information of the SRS resource, and the spatial correlation information is configured to each SRS resource through the RRC information.
  • the frequency domain configuration of the SRS is determined by the symbol C SRS and the symbol B SRS shown in Table 1, and m SRS,b represents the number of physical resource blocks (physical resource blocks, PRBs) for SRS transmission.
  • b B SRS
  • C SRS ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,63 ⁇ is given by the field c-SRS contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping
  • B SRS ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,3 ⁇ It is given by the field b-SRS contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping.
  • the NR system supports SRS frequency hopping. If b hop ⁇ B SRS is satisfied (where b hop is a parameter configured by RRC signaling), the terminal sends the SRS signal in the form of frequency hopping.
  • b hop is a parameter configured by RRC signaling
  • the terminal sends the SRS signal in the form of frequency hopping.
  • m SRS,0 represents the total bandwidth of SRS frequency hopping
  • m SRS,b represents the number of PRBs transmitted in each frequency hopping.
  • the terminal determines the frequency domain position of each frequency hopping by the following formula:
  • N b is determined by a preset table
  • n RRC is a parameter configured by RRC signaling
  • F b (n SRS ) is determined by:
  • n SRS represents the number of SRS frequency hopping.
  • the number of SRS frequency hopping is determined by the following formula:
  • the number of SRS frequency hopping is determined by the following formula:
  • n f represents the radio frame number
  • T offset represents the slot offset configured by RRC signaling
  • T SRS represents the period configured by RRC signaling. in, Determined by Table 2.
  • ⁇ f represents the subcarrier spacing
  • ⁇ f represents the number of OFDM symbols contained in each slot
  • T slot represents the length of the time slot.
  • the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) supported by the new radio (NR) system needs to transmit the SRS over the entire frequency band resource.
  • FHSS frequency-hopping spread spectrum
  • NR new radio
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic flowchart of a sounding reference signal configuration method, please refer to FIG. 2 .
  • the method includes:
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal.
  • the first information may be used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal.
  • the network device may send the first information for the sounding reference signal resource to the terminal.
  • the existing communication protocol standards make relevant provisions on the sounding reference signal resources configured by the network device to the terminal.
  • the terminal needs to transmit several SRSs on the configured sounding reference signal resources.
  • the first information for the sounding reference signal resources is sent to the terminal through the network device; then, the terminal determines, according to the first information, the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the sounding reference signal resources, and then uses The resource locations are distributed to transmit SRS.
  • the embodiment of the present application only needs to transmit SRS on all or part of the frequency band resources of the sounding reference signal resource through the resource location distribution, that is, transmit all or part of the SRS.
  • the transmission part of SRS has two main benefits: the first is to improve the power density, that is, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain; the second is to improve the multiplexing ability of the SRS, that is, there is no
  • the frequency band resources used to transmit the SRS can be allocated to other terminals.
  • the sounding reference signal resource (SRS resource) in the embodiment of the present application is the sounding reference signal resource in the sounding reference signal resource set (SRS resource set).
  • the sounding reference signal resource set is configured by the network device through RRC signaling. It should be noted that the network device may configure at least one sounding reference signal resource set to the terminal through RRC signaling, and each sounding reference signal resource set includes at least one sounding reference signal resource.
  • the sounding reference signal resource set is configured by the high layer parameter SRS-ResourceSet
  • the sounding reference signal resource is configured by the high layer parameter SRS-Resource.
  • the information element (information element, IE) in the RRC signaling includes the SRS-Config information element, and the SRS-Config information element is used to configure the transmission of the sounding reference signal.
  • the SRS-Config information element includes the high-level parameter SRS-ResourceSet and the high-level parameter SRS-Resource.
  • the high-level parameter SRS-ResourceSet contains a usage parameter, and usage can be configured as one of the sets ⁇ beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching ⁇ .
  • the high-level parameter SRS-Resource includes a frequency hopping (freqHopping) parameter
  • freqHopping includes the following three fields: c-SRS, b-SRS, and b-hop.
  • c-SRS can be configured as a value in the set (0,...,63);
  • b-SRS can be configured as a value in the set (0,...,3),
  • b-hop can be configured as a set ( 0,...,3) to take a value.
  • the high-layer parameter SRS-Resource may include a second parameter, and the second parameter may include the following three fields: start position (startPosition), number of consecutive OFDM symbols (nrofSymbols), and repetition factor (repetitionFactor).
  • startPosition start position
  • nrofSymbols number of consecutive OFDM symbols
  • repetitionFactor repetition factor
  • the second parameter may be a resource mapping parameter (resourceMapping).
  • nrofSymbols may be configured as a value in a set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols may be determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols.
  • the repetitionFactor can be configured to take a value in a set of repetition factors, and the set of repetition factors can be determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second set of repetition factors.
  • the first number set of symbols may be ⁇ n1,n2,n4 ⁇
  • the second set of numbers of symbols may be ⁇ n6,n8,n12,n14 ⁇
  • the first repetition factor set may be ⁇ n1, n2, n4 ⁇
  • the second repetition factor set may be ⁇ n6, n8, n12, n14 ⁇ .
  • the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols may include at least one of the following: ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8 ⁇ , ⁇ n1 ,n2,n4,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6,n8 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4 ,n8,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6,n8,n14 ⁇ .
  • the set of repetition factors may include at least one of the following: ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4 ,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6,n8 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n6,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 ⁇ , ⁇ n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 ⁇ .
  • the first information is transmitted by at least one of radio resource control RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of the medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI. It can be understood that the network device may transmit or indicate the first information to the terminal through at least one of RRC signaling, MAC CE, and DCI.
  • the terminal acquires the first information from the network device.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
  • resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level
  • resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
  • the subband level can be understood as the sounding reference signal resource, and the minimum granularity in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource is the subband.
  • the resource location distribution information based on the subband level can be used to determine the location distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal on the sounding reference signal resources; based on the resource location distribution information in the subband It can be used to determine the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband of the sounding reference signal resource.
  • the subband size of the subband may satisfy at least one of the following manners: the subband size of the subband is K PRBs, the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter, the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter, and the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter.
  • the subband size of the subband is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping.
  • the first parameter may be used to indicate the frequency hopping information of the SRS, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • K is a value in the set ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ .
  • the sub-band size of the sub-band is one value in the set of ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ PRBs. It can be understood that the subband size can be configured as one value in the set of ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ PRBs.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a schematic structural diagram of a subband size of 4 PRBs.
  • the subband size of the subband is determined by at least one field in the first parameter.
  • the first parameter may be a frequency hopping parameter (freq Hopping).
  • freq Hopping includes: c-SRS, b-SRS, b-hop.
  • C SRS ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,63 ⁇ is given by the domain c-SRS contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping
  • B SRS ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,3 ⁇ is given by the domain contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping b-SRS given.
  • the subband size of the subband has a mapping relationship with the sounding reference signal transmission bandwidth. For example, if the SRS transmission bandwidth is 64 PRBs, the subband size is 16PRBs; if the SRS transmission bandwidth is 32 PRBs, the subband size is 8 PRBs; if the SRS transmission bandwidth is 16PRBs, the subband size is 4PRBs, etc. , without any specific restrictions.
  • the subband size of the subband is the minimum unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping. It should be noted that the minimum unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping may be expressed as m SRS,b ; wherein, m SRS,b may be determined by Table 1.
  • the subband size of the subband is the smallest value. It can be understood that, if the network device configures the subband size in the above two, three or four ways at the same time, the configuration with the smallest subband size shall prevail.
  • the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling. It can be understood that the network device configures the subband size of the subband to the terminal through RRC signaling.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting sounding reference signals.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first information, the resource location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal, which may include the following operations: Location distribution of time domain and/or frequency domain resources for transmitting sounding reference signals.
  • the first information may include subband level-based resource location distribution information and/or resource location distribution information based on subbands
  • the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals may be divided into time Domain resources or different angles of frequency domain resources
  • Embodiment 1 mainly analyzes the time domain position distribution method based on the subband level
  • Embodiment 2 mainly analyzes the frequency domain position distribution method based on the subband level
  • Embodiment 3 mainly analyzes the frequency domain position distribution method based on the subband level
  • Embodiment 4 mainly analyzes the sub-band level and the time-frequency domain position distribution mode within the sub-band.
  • the terminal determines the first information on the location distribution of the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the information on the resource location distribution based on the subband level, which may include The following operations are performed: the terminal determines, according to the resource location distribution manner information based on the subband level, the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
  • Embodiment 1 mainly analyzing the time domain position distribution mode based on the subband level, this embodiment mainly considers the time domain position of the SRS frequency hopping when the frequency hopping function is enabled. It can be seen from the above description that in a time slot of the sounding reference signal resource (SRS resource), the number of SRS frequency hopping n SRS can be determined by the parameters l', R. n f , Decisions such as T offset or T SRS , so n SRS has various forms.
  • SRS resource the number of SRS frequency hopping n SRS can be determined by the parameters l', R. n f , Decisions such as T offset or T SRS , so n SRS has various forms.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain location distribution of SRS frequency hopping under 6 forms of n SRS .
  • the black box represents the time domain position where the terminal can transmit SRS
  • two boxes represent 1 subband
  • 1 box represents an OFDM symbol.
  • the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level may include: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. It can be understood that, the terminal may determine, according to the first bit bitmap information or the X-bit information, the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
  • this embodiment will specifically introduce the information of the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level as the first bitmap (bitmap) information.
  • the length of the first bitmap information may be determined by the second parameter.
  • the second parameter may be a high-level parameter resourceMapping.
  • the fields in the resourceMapping include at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols nrofSymbols, and the repetition factor repetitionFactor.
  • the length of the first bit bitmap information can be in, Indicates the number of consecutive OFDM symbols (configured by RRC signaling), and R is the repetition factor (configured by RRC signaling).
  • the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal.
  • the time-frequency domain resource used for transmitting the sounding reference signal can be understood as the OFDM symbol used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the time domain, and the subband used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit is the first bitmap information a bit in .
  • the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; if the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal is in the first bit.
  • the sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the bit; or, if the value of the first bit is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; If the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit.
  • FIG. 5 provides a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to the first bitmap information, a time domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource.
  • the black box represents the time domain location where the terminal can transmit SRS
  • the slashed box and the white box represent the time domain location where the terminal cannot transmit SRS
  • the two boxes in the frequency domain represent a sub Band
  • 1 box represents one OFDM symbol in the time domain.
  • the first bit map information is “1”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the bit “1” in the first bit map information is “the time domain of one SRS frequency hopping. Location”.
  • the first bit map information is "01”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit “1” in the first bit map information is "1st SRS hop”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit "0” is "the time domain position of the second SRS frequency hopping”.
  • the first bit map information is "1001”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit “1” in the first bit map information is "1st SRS hop” time domain position of the frequency”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit “0” is “the time domain position of the second SRS frequency hopping”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the third bit “0” The position is “the time domain position of the third SRS frequency hopping”
  • the time domain position corresponding to the position of the fourth bit "1” is “the time domain position of the fourth SRS frequency hopping”.
  • the terminal can determine the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the first bit map information. Therefore, it can simply and intuitively determine which time domain locations to send SRS and which ones to transmit SRS according to the time domain location distribution. The time domain location does not transmit SRS, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration.
  • this embodiment will specifically introduce that the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level is X-bit information.
  • Y time-frequency resources for transmitting the sounding reference signal are configured in one time slot of the sounding reference signal resource and Y is greater than or equal to 1, if Y is 1, the X bits of information are reserved. and/or, if Y is less than or equal to X, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or, if Y is greater than X, divide the Whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the X time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources.
  • the sounding reference signal transmitted on the resource is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  • the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; if the value of the bit in the X-bit information is 0, the terminal is in this The sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; or, if the value of the bit in the X bit information is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; If the value of the bit in the information is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit.
  • the information on the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level is 2-bit information.
  • the 2-bit information is used as a reserved bit.
  • the bits in the 2-bit information are used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the SRS at the time domain position of the SRS in the 2 times of SRS frequency hopping.
  • the bits in the 2-bit information are not only used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the SRS at the time domain position of the first 2 SRS hopping in the 4 SRS hopping, but also can be reused
  • the bit in the 2-bit information indicates whether the terminal transmits the SRS at the time domain position of the last 2 SRS hopping in the 4 SRS hopping. For example, in the case where the time domain position configuration for the four SRS frequency hopping in (f) of FIG. 4 is “1010”, the third and fourth bits in “1010” are the first bits The reuse of the bit and the second bit is configurable.
  • the terminal can determine the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the X-bit information. Therefore, it can simply and intuitively determine which time domain locations to send SRS and which time domain locations according to the time domain location distribution. SRS is not sent, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, the complexity of the scheduling process on the network device side can be better controlled.
  • the sub-band level-based resource location distribution mode information also includes time-domain resource compression mode information in detail.
  • the resource location distribution method information based on the subband level further includes: time domain resource compression method information, and the time domain resource compression method information can be used to compress the time domain location distribution of sounding reference signal transmission.
  • compressing the time-domain position distribution of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping may include the following operations: reducing the OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive sounding reference signal transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the sounding reference signal transmission or, compressing the time domain position of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping forward by at least one OFDM symbol that is not used for the sounding reference signal frequency hopping.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of time-domain location distribution of a compressed sounding reference signal frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the black box represents the time domain position where the terminal can be used to transmit SRS
  • the slashed box and the white box represent the time domain location where the terminal cannot be used to transmit SRS.
  • the terminal determines the first information on the location distribution of the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the information on the resource location distribution based on the subband level, which may include The following operations are performed: the terminal determines the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the resource location distribution manner information based on the subband level.
  • this embodiment may consider the frequency domain location of the SRS frequency hopping when the frequency hopping function is enabled, or consider not enabling the frequency hopping function.
  • the frequency domain location of the SRS transmission when analyzing the frequency domain position of SRS frequency hopping or transmission in this embodiment, it is necessary to know how many subbands are configured in the sounding reference signal resource for SRS frequency hopping or transmission.
  • the n SRS in this embodiment when considering enabling the frequency hopping function, also has various forms.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates four types of SRS frequency hopping or frequency domain resources for transmission.
  • the black box represents the frequency domain position where the terminal can transmit SRS
  • two boxes represent one subband in the frequency domain
  • one box represents one OFDM symbol in the time domain.
  • (a) of FIG. 7 illustrates one subband configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit the SRS on the one subband.
  • (b) of FIG. 7 illustrates two subbands configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit SRS on the two subbands.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates two subbands configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit SRS on the two subbands.
  • (d) of FIG. 7 illustrates four subbands configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit SRS on the four subbands.
  • the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level may include: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. It can be understood that, the terminal may determine, according to the first bit bitmap information or the X-bit information, the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
  • the present embodiment further specifically introduces that the information on the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level is the first bitmap information.
  • the length of the first bitmap information may be determined by the number of subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource.
  • the length of the first bitmap information may be determined by the number of subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource for frequency hopping or transmission of the sounding reference signal.
  • the length of the first bit bitmap information may be N subband bits.
  • N subband represents the number of subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource for frequency hopping or transmission of the sounding reference signal.
  • the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal.
  • the time-frequency domain resource used for transmitting the sounding reference signal can be understood as the OFDM symbol used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the time domain, and the subband used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the frequency domain.
  • the first bit bitmap information from low to high has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources from low to high.
  • the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit is the first bitmap information a bit in .
  • the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; if the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal is in the first bit.
  • the sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the bit; or, if the value of the first bit is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; If the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit.
  • FIG. 8 provides a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to the second bitmap information, the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
  • the black box represents the frequency domain position that the terminal can use to transmit SRS
  • the slashed box and the white box represent the frequency domain position that the terminal cannot use to transmit SRS
  • the two boxes in the frequency domain represent a sub band
  • the time domain 1 box represents an OFDM symbol.
  • the first bit map information is "1", and the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the bit “1” in the first bit map information is "in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource” 1 subband configured on the domain for SRS transmission".
  • the first bitmap information is "10”, and the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit "1” in the first bitmap information is "in the sounding reference signal resource”
  • the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit "0” is "the second subband configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource. Subbands for the transmission of SRS”. Meanwhile, (b) and (d) of FIG. 8 can be understood in the same way.
  • the terminal can determine the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the first bit map information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain locations send SRS and which ones according to the frequency domain location distribution.
  • the SRS is not sent in the frequency domain location, thereby ensuring that the configuration of the SRS has better flexibility and scalability.
  • Embodiment 2 can extend the SRS transmission in Embodiment 1 only when frequency hopping is supported to the case where both frequency hopping and no frequency hopping are supported.
  • Y time-frequency resources for transmitting the sounding reference signal are configured in one time slot of the sounding reference signal resource and Y is greater than or equal to 1, if Y is 1, the X bits of information are reserved. and/or, if Y is less than or equal to X, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or, if Y is greater than X, divide the Whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the X time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources.
  • the sounding reference signal transmitted on the resource is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  • the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; if the value of the bit in the X-bit information is 0, the terminal is in this The sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; or, if the value of the bit in the X bit information is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; If the value of the bit in the information is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit.
  • the black box represents the frequency domain position that the terminal can use to transmit SRS
  • the slashed box and the white box represent the frequency domain position that the terminal cannot use to transmit SRS
  • the two boxes in the frequency domain represent a sub band
  • the time domain 1 box represents an OFDM symbol.
  • the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level is 2-bit information.
  • the 2-bit information is used as a reserved bit.
  • the bit division in the 2-bit information is used to indicate whether the terminal is in 4
  • the terminal may also indicate whether the terminal transmits the SRS on other subbands in the four subbands by reusing the bits in the 2-bit information.
  • the same can be seen in (b) and (c) of FIG. 9 .
  • the terminal can determine the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the X-bit information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain locations send SRS and which frequency domain locations according to the frequency domain location distribution. SRS is not sent, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, the complexity of the scheduling process on the network device side can be better controlled.
  • sub-band level-based resource location distribution mode information also including time-domain resource compression mode information.
  • the resource location distribution method information based on the subband level further includes: time domain resource compression method information, and the time domain resource compression method information can be used to compress the time domain location distribution of sounding reference signal frequency hopping.
  • time-domain resource compression method information in this embodiment is the same as that in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal determines, according to the first information, the resource location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal, which may include the following operations: the terminal determines, according to the information on the resource location distribution in the subband, the resource location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband. The frequency domain location distribution of the reference signal.
  • Embodiment 3 mainly analyzes the frequency domain position distribution in the subband of the sounding reference signal resources, and transmits the sounding reference signal according to the frequency domain position distribution in the subband.
  • the frequency domain resources in the subband may be determined by the subband size of the subband.
  • FIG. 10 when the sub-band size of the sub-band is 4 PRBs, FIG. 10 illustrates 15 forms of frequency domain position distribution in the sub-band.
  • the black box represents the frequency domain location where the terminal in the subband can be used to transmit SRS
  • the white box represents the frequency domain location where the terminal in the subband cannot be used to transmit the SRS.
  • the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband may include at least one of the following: second bitmap information, M-bit information, and S pieces of first indication field information, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal may determine the frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband according to the second bit map information, the M bits of information or the S pieces of first indication domain information.
  • this embodiment will specifically introduce the second bitmap information based on the resource location distribution mode information in the subband.
  • the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, and the length of the second bitmap information is the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband Decide. It should be noted that the length of the configured second bitmap information may be smaller than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the subband size, or may be greater than the number of PRBs included in the subband size. For example, the length of the second bitmap information is 4 bits, and the number of PRBs included in the subband size is 8.
  • K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • K is a value in a set of ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ bits.
  • the length of the bitmap information of the second bit may be a value from a set of ⁇ 4, 8, 12, 16 ⁇ bits.
  • the length of the second bitmap information can be in, Indicates the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband in the sounding reference signal resource.
  • the positions of the bits in the second bitmap information have a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband.
  • the frequency domain position used for transmitting the sounding reference signal can be understood as the position of the PRB used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband.
  • the second bit bitmap information from low to high has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain of the subbands in the sounding reference signal resource from low to high.
  • the second bit in the second bit map information is used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit,
  • the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  • the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit; if the value of the second bit is 0, the terminal is in the frequency domain position.
  • the sounding reference signal is not transmitted in the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the second bit; or, if the value of the second bit is 1, the terminal is in the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the second bit position If the value of the second bit is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the second bit.
  • FIG. 11 provides a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to the second bitmap information, the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband.
  • the black box represents the frequency domain position where the terminal can transmit SRS
  • the slashed box and the white box represent the frequency domain location where the terminal cannot transmit SRS.
  • the second bitmap information is "1010"
  • the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit “1” in the second bitmap information is "the first in the subband” "PRB for transmitting SRS”
  • the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit “0” is “the second PRB for transmitting SRS in the subband”
  • the corresponding frequency domain position is “the third PRB in the subband for transmitting SRS”
  • the corresponding frequency domain position of the fourth bit "0” is “the fourth PRB in the subband for transmitting SRS”.
  • the terminal can determine the frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband according to the second bit map information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain positions to send SRS according to the frequency domain position distribution in the subband, And which frequency domain locations do not send SRS, so as to ensure that the configuration of the SRS has better flexibility and scalability.
  • the following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce information based on the resource location distribution manner in the subband as M-bit information.
  • all bits in the M-bit information indicate the frequency domain position distribution of the sounding reference signal transmission in the subband according to the coding combination.
  • the M-bit information can be is 3bits information, all bits in the 3bits information indicate the 6 forms according to the coding combination, for example, "000” indicates (f) in Figure 10, "001” indicates (g) in Figure 10, "010” ” indicates (1) and the like in FIG. 10 , which is not particularly limited.
  • the M-bit information can be 4bits information, and all bits in the 4bits information indicate the 10 types according to the coding combination. A form such as "0000" indicates (f) in FIG.
  • the M-bit information can be 2bits information, and all bits in the 2bits information indicate the four types according to the coding combination.
  • N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband, N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and P is less than or equal to the subband.
  • the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the band; the remaining bits except the N bits in the M-bit information indicate the position distribution of the P frequency domain resources in the subband according to the coding combination mode.
  • the value of N may be determined by the number of patterns existing in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband. It should be noted that, when it is known that there are only two modes (eg, P ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ ) of the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting SRS in the subband configured by the network device, the value of N can be 1. At this time, one bit can be used to indicate the two modes in the M-bit information. For example, the 1 bit is "0" to indicate that P is 1, and the 1 bit is "1" to indicate that P is 2.
  • the value of N can be 2.
  • the four modes can be indicated by 2 bits in the M-bit information. For example, the 2 bits are "00" to indicate that P is 1, the 1 bit is "01" to indicate that P is 2, etc., which are not specifically limited.
  • the value of N may be determined by the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband. It should be noted that, when the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is 4, the value of N may be 3.
  • 3 bits may be used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to the coding combination. For example, the 3 bits are "000" to indicate that P is 0, the 3 bits are "001" to indicate that P is 1, the 3 bits are "100" to indicate that P is 4, etc. No specific restrictions are imposed. When the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is 8, the value of N may be 4.
  • 4 bits may be used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to the coding combination.
  • the 4 bits are "0000" to indicate that P is 0, the 3 bits are "1000" to indicate that P is 8, etc., which are not specifically limited.
  • Example 1 When there are only 6 forms shown in (f), (g), (l), (m), (n), (o) in Figure 10 in the subband, and the M-bit information is 3bits information
  • N When it is known that there are only two modes (ie, P ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ ) of the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband configured by the network device, N takes the value of 1.
  • the first bit in the 3 bits information is used to indicate that the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband is 1 or 2. Wherein, the first bit being "0" indicates that P is 2, and the first bit being "1" indicates that P is 1.
  • "00x" for the 3bits information indicates (f) in Figure 10, and "x” indicates reserved bits; "01x” for the 3bits information indicates (g) in Figure 10; "100” for the 3bits information indicates (l) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "101" indicating (m) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "110” indicating (n) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "111” indicating Figure 10 (o) in .
  • Example 2 When there are only 8 forms shown in (f), (g), (h), (i), (l), (m), (n), (o) in Figure 10 in the subband , and when the M-bit information is 3-bits information, since there are only two modes (ie, P ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ ) for the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband configured by the known network device, so The value of N is 1. At this time, the first bit in the 3 bits information is used to indicate that the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband is 1 or 2. Wherein, the first bit being "0" indicates that P is 2, and the first bit being "1" indicates that P is 1.
  • the 3bits information as "000” indicates (f) in Figure 10; the 3bits information as "001” indicates (g) in Figure 10; the 3bits information as "010” indicates (h) in Figure 10; The 3bits information is "011” indicating (i) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "100” indicating (1) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "101” indicating (m) in Figure 10; the 3bits The information "110” indicates (n) in FIG. 10 ; the 3-bit information is "111” indicates (o) in FIG. 10 .
  • the terminal can determine the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting SRS in the sounding reference signal resource according to the K-bit information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain locations send SRS and which frequency domain locations do not send SRS according to the frequency domain location distribution. SRS, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, the complexity of the scheduling process on the network device side can be better controlled.
  • the following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce the information based on the resource location distribution manner in the subband as S pieces of first indication domain information.
  • the value of S may be determined by the number of patterns existing in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband.
  • the first indication field is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband, where Q is the number of PRBs less than or equal to the subband size included in the subband.
  • the value of S can be 2.
  • the network device may use the two pieces of first indication field information to indicate the two modes respectively.
  • the first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1
  • the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2.
  • the value of S can be 4.
  • the network device may use the four pieces of first indication field information to indicate the four modes respectively.
  • the first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1
  • the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2
  • the third first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 3, and the fourth The first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 4.
  • the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, all bits in the R-bit information indicate the position distribution of the Q frequency domain resources in the subband according to the coding combination, and R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • Example 1 When there are only six forms shown in (f), (g), (l), (m), (n), and (o) in Figure 10 in the subband, due to the known network device configuration There are only two modes (ie, Q ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ ) of the number of frequency domain resources used to transmit SRS in the subband of , so the value of S is 2. At this time, the network device may use the two pieces of first indication field information to indicate the two modes respectively.
  • the first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2
  • the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1.
  • the first first indication field information includes 1bit information
  • the second first indication field information includes 2bits information.
  • the 1bit information is "1", it indicates (f) in Figure 10; if the 1bit information is "0”, it indicates (g) in Figure 10; if the 2bits information is "00”, it indicates (1) in Figure 10; When the 2bits information is “01”, it indicates (m) in FIG. 10; when the 2bits information is “10”, it indicates (n) in FIG. 10; and when the 2bits information is “11”, it indicates (o) in FIG.
  • Example 2 When there are only 8 forms shown in (f), (g), (h), (i), (l), (m), (n), (o) in Figure 10 in the subband
  • the value of S is 2.
  • the network device may use the two pieces of first indication field information to indicate the two modes respectively.
  • the first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2
  • the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1.
  • the first first indication field information includes 2 bits of information
  • the second first indication field information includes 2 bits of information.
  • the 2bits information in the first first indication field information is "00" to indicate (f) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the first first indication field information is "01” to indicate (g) in Figure 10 ); the 2bits information in the first first indication domain information is "10" indicating (h) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the first first indication domain information is "11” indicating (i) in Figure 10 ); the 2bits information in the 2nd first indication domain information is "00” to indicate (1) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the 2nd first indication domain information is "01” to indicate (m in Figure 10 ) ); the 2bits information in the second first indication domain information is "10” indicating (n) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the second first indication domain information is "11” indicating (o in Figure 10 ) ).
  • the terminal can determine the frequency domain position distribution for transmitting SRS in the sounding reference signal resource according to the S pieces of first indication domain information. Therefore, it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain positions send SRS and which frequency domain positions according to the frequency domain position distribution. Domain locations do not transmit SRS, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, it is beneficial to ensure good readability.
  • the terminal determines the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband according to the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband, including: the terminal uses the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband.
  • the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband is determined in the manner of reuse or the same transmission mode.
  • Embodiment 3 how to determine the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting SRS in the subband based on the information on the resource location distribution in the subband is carried out in the case that the subband size of the subband is 4 PPRs. Specific instructions. Therefore, for the case where the subband size of the subband is 8, 12, 16 or more PRBs, the 4 PRBs used for SRS transmission in the 4 PRBs determined based on the resource location distribution information in the subband in Embodiment 3 can be used.
  • the frequency domain location distribution is used as the basis to determine the location distribution when the subband size is 8, 12, 16 or more PRBs by adopting reuse or the same transmission mode based on the resource location distribution information in the subband.
  • Example 1 (a) in FIG. 12 is an example of the frequency domain location distribution for SRS transmission in the 4 PRBs determined based on the information on the resource location distribution in the subband in Embodiment 3.
  • the resource location distribution method information of determines the frequency domain location distribution used for SRS transmission in the 8 PRBs in a repetitive manner, as shown in (b) of FIG. 12 .
  • Example 2 (a) in FIG. 13 is an example of the frequency domain location distribution for SRS transmission in the 4 PRBs determined based on the resource location distribution information in the subband in Embodiment 3.
  • the resource location distribution method information of determines the frequency domain location distribution used for SRS transmission in 8 PRBs in the manner of the same transmission mode, as shown in (b) of FIG. 13 .
  • the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information, which may include the following operations: the terminal determines the resource location distribution based on the subband level and the resource location distribution based on the subband The mode information determines the time-frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal within the sounding reference signal resource.
  • Embodiment 4 mainly analyzes the time when the SRS resource is used to transmit the SRS when the first information is the resource location distribution method information based on the subband level and the resource location distribution method information based on the subband. Frequency domain location distribution. Therefore, the specific technical solutions in Embodiment 4 are consistent with the technical solutions in the foregoing Embodiments 1, 2 and 3, and details are not repeated here.
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal; then, the terminal obtains the first information, and determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information. Since the first information is sent by the network device to the terminal, it is beneficial to realize the configuration of the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS by the network device. In addition, the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
  • the terminal and the network device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the terminal and the network device may be divided into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software program modules. It should be noted that the division of units in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and other division methods may be used in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 14 shows a block diagram of functional units of a sounding reference signal configuration apparatus.
  • the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1400 is applied to a terminal, and specifically includes: a processing unit 1402 and a communication unit 1403 .
  • the processing unit 1402 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal.
  • the processing unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal to perform the steps in FIG. 2 and/or other processes for the technical solutions described in this embodiment.
  • the communication unit 1403 is used to support the communication between the terminal and the network device.
  • the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1400 may further include a storage unit 1401 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
  • the processing unit 1402 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit) integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processing unit 1402 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication unit 1403 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., and the storage unit 1401 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 1402 is a processor
  • the communication unit 1403 is a communication interface
  • the storage unit 1401 is a memory
  • the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1400 involved in this embodiment may be the terminal shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the processing unit 1402 is configured to perform any step performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments, and when performing data transmission such as sending, the communication unit 1403 can be selectively invoked to complete corresponding operations. A detailed description will be given below.
  • the processing unit 1402 is configured to: obtain first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS; and determine the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information.
  • the apparatus for configuring the sounding reference signal applied to the terminal can acquire the first information, and determine the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information. Since the first information is sent by the network device to the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus, it is beneficial for the network device to configure the resource location distribution for SRS transmission. In addition, the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
  • the sub-band size of the sub-band satisfies at least one of the following manners: the sub-band size of the sub-band is K physical resource blocks PRB, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is determined by the first parameter , the sub-band size of the sub-band has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate the sounding reference signal hopping frequency information, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
  • the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: determine according to the subband level-based resource location distribution information Location distribution of time domain and/or frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS within the sounding reference signal resources.
  • the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information includes: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by the second parameter, and the length of the first bitmap information is determined by The number of subbands of the subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource is determined; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
  • the domain in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the repetition factor.
  • the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second set of repetition factors Determine; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor.
  • the position distribution of bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS.
  • the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at a time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit A bit is one bit in the first bitmap information.
  • Y time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if the Y is 1, then The X bits are reserved bits; and/or, if the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether to transmit the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is determined by the bits in the X bits of information.
  • determining whether to transmit the SRS on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is determined by the bits in the X-bit information
  • whether to transmit the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  • the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information further includes: time domain resource compression manner information, where the time domain resource compression manner information is used to perform the time domain location distribution of the SRS transmission. compression.
  • the compressing the time-domain position distribution of the SRS transmission includes: reducing the OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission .
  • the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: determine according to the information on the resource location distribution method based on the subband A frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS within the subband.
  • the information based on the resource location distribution within the subband includes at least one of the following: second bit bitmap information, M-bit information, and S pieces of first indication field information, where M is greater than or is an integer equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, and the length of the second bitmap information is determined by The number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is determined; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the positions of the bits in the second bitmap information have a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  • the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit , the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  • all bits in the M-bit information indicate the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
  • N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS in the subband, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1,
  • the P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; the remaining bits except the N bits in the M-bit information indicate the P frequency bits according to the coding combination. Location distribution of domain resources within the subband.
  • the value of S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  • the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, where Q is a subband smaller than or equal to the subband The number of PRBs included in the size.
  • the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate the positions of the Q frequency domain resources in the subband according to a coding combination. distribution, where R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: The frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband is determined in a manner of reuse or the same transmission mode based on the resource location distribution information in the subband.
  • the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of the medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
  • FIG. 15 provides a block diagram of functional units of yet another sounding reference signal configuration apparatus.
  • the sounding reference signal apparatus 1500 is applied to network equipment, and specifically includes: a processing unit 1502 and a communication unit 1503 .
  • the processing unit 1502 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to support the network device to perform the steps in FIG. 2 and/or other processes for the technical solutions described in this embodiment.
  • the communication unit 1503 is used to support the communication between the network device and the terminal.
  • the sounding reference signal apparatus 1500 may further include a storage unit 1501 for storing program codes and data of the network device.
  • the processing unit 1502 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1502 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication unit 1503 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., and the storage unit 1501 may be a memory. When the processing unit 1502 is a processor, the communication unit 1503 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 1501 is a memory, the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1500 involved in this embodiment of the present application may be the network device shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to perform any step performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and when performing data transmission such as sending, the communication unit 1503 can be selectively invoked to complete corresponding operations. A detailed description will be given below.
  • the processing unit 1502 is configured to: send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus applied to the network device can send the first information to the terminal, thereby facilitating the configuration of the resource location distribution for SRS transmission by the network device.
  • the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved.
  • the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
  • the subband size of the subband satisfies at least one of the following manners: the subband size of the subband is K physical resource blocks PRB, the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter It is determined that the subband size of the subband has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the subband size of the subband is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate the sounding reference signal. Frequency hopping information, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
  • the subband level-based resource location distribution manner information includes: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by a second parameter, the length of the first bitmap information It is determined by the number of subbands of the subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
  • the field in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the repetition factor.
  • the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second set of repetition factors Determine; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor.
  • the position distribution of bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS.
  • the first bit in the first bit bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at a time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit The bit is one bit in the first bitmap information.
  • Y time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if the Y is 1, then The X bits are reserved bits; and/or, if the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether to transmit the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is determined by the bits in the X bits of information.
  • determining whether to transmit the SRS on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is determined by the bits in the X-bit information
  • whether to transmit the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  • the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information further includes: time domain resource compression manner information, where the time domain resource compression manner information is used to perform the time domain location distribution of the SRS transmission. compression.
  • the aspect of compressing the time-domain position distribution of the SRS frequency hopping includes: reducing the OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission .
  • the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband includes at least one of the following: second bit map information, M bits of information, and S pieces of first indication field information, where M is greater than or is an integer equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, and the length of the second bitmap information is determined by The number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is determined; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the position of the bit in the second bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  • the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit , the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  • all bits in the M-bit information indicate the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
  • N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS in the subband, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1,
  • the P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; the remaining bits except the N bits in the M-bit information indicate the P frequency bits according to the coding combination. Location distribution of domain resources within the subband.
  • the value of S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  • the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, where Q is a subband smaller than or equal to the subband The number of PRBs included in the size.
  • the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate the positions of the Q frequency domain resources in the subband according to a coding combination. distribution, where R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of the medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 1600 includes a processor 1610 , a memory 1620 , a communication interface 1630 and at least one communication bus for connecting the processor 1610 , the memory 1620 and the communication interface 1630 .
  • the memory 1620 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable Read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), and the memory 1620 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • Communication interface 1630 is used to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 1610 may be one or more CPUs, and if the processor 1610 is one CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 1610 in the terminal 1600 is configured to read one or more program codes 1621 stored in the memory 1620, and perform the following operations: obtain first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS; The resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS is determined according to the first information.
  • each operation may also correspond to the corresponding description with reference to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , and the terminal 1600 may be used to execute the method on the terminal side in this embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1700 includes a processor 1710 , a memory 1720 , a communication interface 1730 and at least one communication bus for connecting the processor 1710 , the memory 1720 and the communication interface 1730 .
  • the memory 1720 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory, read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, or portable read-only memory, and the memory 1720 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • Communication interface 1730 is used to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 1710 may be one or more CPUs, and if the processor 1710 is one CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 1710 in the network device 1700 is configured to read one or more program codes 1721 stored in the memory 1720, and perform the following operations: send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • each operation may also correspond to the corresponding description with reference to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , and the network device 1700 may be used to execute the method on the network device side in this embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, wherein the chip includes a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the description of the terminal and network device in the above method embodiments some or all of the steps.
  • the chip includes a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the description of the terminal and network device in the above method embodiments some or all of the steps.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program is operable to cause the computer to execute the terminal and the method in the foregoing method embodiments. Some or all of the steps described by the network device.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause the computer to execute some or all of the steps described in the terminal and network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the computer program product may be a software installation package.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server, or data center via wire (e.g., the same coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • a computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media.
  • Useful media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, digital video discs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state drives), among others.

Abstract

Disclosed by embodiments of the present application are a detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device, said method comprising: a terminal obtaining first information from a network device, the first information being used for indicating a resource allocation for a sounding reference signal; according to the first information, the terminal determining the distribution of resource locations used for transmitting the sounding reference signal. Hence, in the embodiments of the present application, the first information is sent from the network device to the terminal, thus facilitating a network device to configure the distribution of resource locations used for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS). In addition, the terminal determines, according to the first information, the distribution of resource locations used for transmitting the SRS, then transmits the SRS by means of said resource location distribution. One need only transmit an SRS over all or part of a frequency-band resource by means of said resource location distribution to enable the transmission of all or part of the SRS, and improve the efficiency of frequency-band resource utilization, power density, and SRS multiplexing capability.

Description

探测参考信号配置方法与装置、终端和网络设备Sounding reference signal configuration method and device, terminal and network device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种探测参考信号配置方法与装置、终端和网络设备。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, a terminal, and a network device.
背景技术Background technique
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)致力于通信协议标准的制定。其中,现有通信协议标准针对通信过程中的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)已有相关记载。The 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) is devoted to the formulation of communication protocol standards. Among them, the existing communication protocol standards have related records for the sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) in the communication process.
目前,新无线(new radio,NR)系统支持的跳频技术(frequency-hopping spread spectrum,FHSS)需要在整个频带资源上传输SRS。同时,在实际通信网络中,由于整个频带资源中的部分频带资源上会遭受到其他无线系统(如视频回程系统)的严重干扰,因此该部分频带资源无法进行数据调度,从而无需在该部分频带频域上传输SRS。或者,在频域高度相关的情况下,由于信道在整个频带资源具有较高的相关性,因此只需在整个频带资源的部分频带资源上传输SRS。可见,在现有通信协议标准的基础上,还需要对用于传输SRS的频带资源做进一步研究,以便提高频带资源的利用效率,以及提升SRS的复用能力等。Currently, the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) supported by the new radio (NR) system needs to transmit the SRS over the entire frequency band resource. At the same time, in an actual communication network, since some of the frequency band resources in the entire frequency band will be severely interfered by other wireless systems (such as video backhaul systems), data scheduling cannot be performed on this part of the frequency band resources, so there is no need to perform data scheduling in this part of the frequency band. The SRS is transmitted in the frequency domain. Alternatively, in the case of high correlation in the frequency domain, since the channel has high correlation in the entire frequency band resource, it is only necessary to transmit the SRS on part of the frequency band resource of the entire frequency band resource. It can be seen that on the basis of the existing communication protocol standards, further research on the frequency band resources used for transmitting SRS is required to improve the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources and the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供一种探测参考信号配置方法与装置、终端和网络设备,以期望实现对用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布进行配置,从而提高频带资源的利用效率,以及提升SRS的复用能力。Embodiments of the present application provide a sounding reference signal configuration method and apparatus, a terminal, and a network device, so as to realize the configuration of resource location distribution for transmitting sounding reference signals, thereby improving the utilization efficiency of frequency band resources and improving the complexity of SRS. use ability.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种探测参考信号配置方法,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a sounding reference signal configuration method, including:
终端获取来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置;The terminal acquires first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS;
所述终端根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布。The terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种探测参考信号配置方法,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a sounding reference signal configuration method, including:
网络设备向终端发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置。The first information sent by the network device to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种探测参考信号配置装置,应用于终端,所述装置包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元用于:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for configuring a sounding reference signal, which is applied to a terminal. The apparatus includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where the processing unit is configured to:
通过所述通信单元获取来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置;Acquire first information from the network device through the communication unit, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS;
根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布。Resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS is determined according to the first information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种探测参考信号配置装置,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元用于:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for configuring a sounding reference signal, which is applied to a network device. The apparatus includes a processing unit and a communication unit, where the processing unit is configured to:
通过所述通信单元向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置。Send first information to the terminal through the communication unit, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口以及一个或多个程序,其中,所述一个或多个程序存储于所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行本申请实施例第一方面任一方法中的步骤的指令。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by the The processor executes the program, and the program includes instructions for executing steps in any method in the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口以及一个或多个程序,其中,所述一个或多个程序存储于所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行本申请实施例第二方面任一方法中的步骤的指令。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and are configured by the The program is executed by the processor, and the program includes instructions for executing steps in any method in the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如本申请实施例第一方面或第二方面任一方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiment of the present application Some or all of the steps described in any method.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序可操作来使得计算机执行如本申请实施例第一方面或第二方面任一方法中所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序可以为一个软件安装包。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program is operable to cause a computer to execute the Some or all of the steps described in any method of the first aspect or the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application. The computer program may be a software installation package.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端发送第一信息;然后,终端获取该第一信息,并根据该第一信息确定出用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布。由于第一信息是由网络设备发送给终端,从而有利于实现网络设备对用于传输SRS的资源位置分布进行配置。此外,终端根据第一信息来确定用于传输SRS的资源位置分布,再通过该资源位置分布来传输SRS。由于只需通过该资源位置分布在全部或部分频带资源上传输SRS,从而实现传输全部或部分SRS,提高频带资源的利用效率。同时,传输部分SRS可以获得额外的功率增益以提高功率密度,而没有用于传输SRS的频带资源可以配置给其他终端以提高SRS的复用能力。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the first information to the terminal; then, the terminal obtains the first information, and determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information. Since the first information is sent by the network device to the terminal, it is beneficial to realize the configuration of the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS by the network device. In addition, the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
附图说明Description of drawings
下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。The accompanying drawings required to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art will be briefly introduced below.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种探测参考信号配置方法的流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a sounding reference signal configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种子带大小为4个PRB的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a subband size of 4 PRBs provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种探测参考信号跳频的时域位置分布的结构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a time domain location distribution of sounding reference signal frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种根据第一比特位图信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域位置分布的结构示意图;5 is a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to first bit bitmap information, a time-domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种压缩探测参考信号跳频的时域位置分布的结构示意图;6 is a schematic structural diagram of time-domain location distribution of a compressed sounding reference signal frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种探测参考信号跳频或传输的频域位置分布的结构示意图;7 is a schematic structural diagram of frequency domain location distribution of sounding reference signal frequency hopping or transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种根据第二比特图信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布的结构示意图;8 is a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to second bitmap information, a frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a frequency domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种子带内的频域位置分布的结构示意图;10 is a schematic structural diagram of a frequency domain position distribution in a subband provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种根据第二比特位图信息确定在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to second bitmap information, a frequency domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a subband according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以重复利用的方式进行处理的结构示意图;12 is a schematic structural diagram of processing in a reused manner based on resource location distribution information in a subband provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以相同传输模式的方式进行处理的结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of processing in the same transmission mode based on resource location distribution mode information in a subband provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种探测参考信号配置装置的功能单元组成框图;14 is a block diagram of functional units of a sounding reference signal configuration apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一种探测参考信号配置装置的功能单元组成框图;15 is a block diagram of functional units of another sounding reference signal configuration apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种无线通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced Long Term Evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based Access to Unlicensed Spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based Access to Unlicensed Spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various wireless communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, wideband CDMA Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (Advanced Long Term Evolution, LTE-A) system, New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based Access to Unlicensed Spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based Access on unlicensed spectrum) to Unlicensed Spectrum, NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Security Wireless Fidelity (WiFi), 5th-Generation (5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的无线通信系统支持的连接数有限,且易于实现。然而,随着通信技术的发展,无线通信系统不仅将支持传统的无线通信系统,还将支持如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、车辆间(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信或者车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,因此本申请实施例的技术方案也可以应用于上述无线通信系统。Generally speaking, traditional wireless communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, wireless communication systems will not only support traditional wireless communication systems, but also support devices such as device to device (D2D) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine Type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication or vehicle networking (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, etc., so the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the above-mentioned wireless communication system.
可选地,本申请实施例中的无线通信系统可以应用于波束赋形(beamforming)、载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)、双连接(dual connectivity,DC)或者独立(standalone,SA)部署场景。Optionally, the wireless communication system in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to beamforming (beamforming), carrier aggregation (carrier aggregation, CA), dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) or standalone (standalone, SA) deployment scenarios.
可选地,本申请实施例中的无线通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱。其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱。或者,本实施例中的无线通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱。其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。Optionally, the wireless communication system in this embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum. Among them, unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as shared spectrum. Alternatively, the wireless communication system in this embodiment may also be applied to licensed spectrum. Among them, licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
由于本申请实施例结合终端和网络设备描述了各个实施例,因此下面将对涉及的终端和网络设备进行具体描述。Since the embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with terminals and network devices, the involved terminals and network devices will be described in detail below.
具体的,终端可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、智能终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、中继设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端等,对此不作具体限定。Specifically, the terminal may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, an intelligent terminal, a wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device. The terminal may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication function handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, relay devices, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminals in next-generation communication systems such as NR networks or future evolution of public land mobile communication networks network, PLMN), etc., which are not specifically limited.
进一步的,终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(如飞机、气球和卫星等)。Further, the terminal can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle; can be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
进一步的,终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。Further, the terminal can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, industrial control ( Wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid, transportation security (transportation) wireless terminal equipment in safety), wireless terminal equipment in smart city (smart city) or wireless terminal equipment in smart home (smart home), etc.
具体的,网络设备可以是用于与终端之间进行通信的设备,网络设备可以是GSM或CDMA通信系统中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS)、WCDMA通信系统中的基站(nodeB,NB)、LTE通信系统中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB或eNodeB)或者NR通信系统中的基站(gNB)。网络设备还可以是无线局域网WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP)、中继站、未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。Specifically, the network device may be a device for communicating with a terminal, and the network device may be a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a GSM or CDMA communication system, a base station (nodeB, NB) in a WCDMA communication system, An evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE communication system or a base station (gNB) in an NR communication system. The network device may also be an access point (access point, AP) in a wireless local area network (WLAN), a relay station, a network device in a future evolved PLMN network, or a network device in an NTN network, and the like.
需要说明的是,在一些网络部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,以及DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层和分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。另外,AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令(如RRC层信令)可以认为是由DU发送的,或者由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that, in some network deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) layer and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer. In addition, the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, under this architecture, the higher-layer signaling (such as the RRC layer signaling) can be considered to be sent by the DU. , or sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may include one or more devices of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU may be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU may also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not specifically limited.
进一步的,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(high elliptical orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。Further, the network device may have mobile characteristics, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network device may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (HEO) ) satellite etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station set in a location such as land or water.
进一步的,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,而该小区内的终端可以通过传输资源(如频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信。其中,该小区可以包括小小区(small cell)、城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)和毫微微小区(femto cell)等。Further, the network device can provide services for the cell, and the terminals in the cell can communicate with the network device through transmission resources (eg, spectrum resources). The cells may include small cells (small cells), urban cells (metro cells), micro cells (micro cells), pico cells (pico cells), femto cells (femto cells), and the like.
示例性的,本申请实施例应用的无线通信系统,如图1所示。无线通信系统10可以包括网络设备110和终端120,而网络设备110可以是与终端120执行通信的设备。同时,网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端120进行通信。Exemplarily, the wireless communication system applied in the embodiment of the present application is as shown in FIG. 1 . The wireless communication system 10 may include a network device 110 and a terminal 120 , and the network device 110 may be a device that performs communication with the terminal 120 . At the same time, the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and may communicate with the terminals 120 located within the coverage area.
可选地,无线通信系统10还可以包括多个网络设备,并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端,在此不作具体限定。Optionally, the wireless communication system 10 may further include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminals, which are not specifically limited herein.
可选地,无线通信系统10还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,在此不作具体限定。Optionally, the wireless communication system 10 may further include other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, etc., which are not specifically limited herein.
可选地,无线通信系统10中的网络设备与终端之间,以及终端与终端之间的通信可以为无线通信或者有线通信,在此不作具体限制。Optionally, the communication between the network device and the terminal in the wireless communication system 10 and the communication between the terminal and the terminal may be wireless communication or wired communication, which is not specifically limited herein.
在对本实施例提供的探测参考信号配置方法进行详细介绍之前,再对本实施例所涉及的相关通信技术进行介绍。Before the sounding reference signal configuration method provided in this embodiment is introduced in detail, the related communication technologies involved in this embodiment are introduced.
1、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)1. Sounding reference signal (SRS)
SRS是5G/NR系统中重要的参考信号,广泛用于NR系统中的各种功能中,例如:SRS is an important reference signal in 5G/NR system and is widely used in various functions in NR system, such as:
(1)用于下行链路的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)获取的终端探测过程;(1) The terminal detection process used for the acquisition of downlink channel state information (CSI);
(2)用于上行波束管理;(2) Used for uplink beam management;
(3)用于定位功能;(3) Used for positioning function;
(4)配合基于码本(codebook-based)的上行传输,如频域调度和Rank/预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI)/调制编码方式(modulation coding scheme,MCS)的确定;(4) Cooperate with codebook-based uplink transmission, such as frequency domain scheduling and determination of Rank/precoding matrix indicator (PMI)/modulation coding scheme (MCS);
(5)配合基于非码本(non-codebook based)的上行传输,如频域调度和SRS资源指示(sounding reference signal resource indicator,SRI)/MCS的确定。(5) Cooperate with uplink transmission based on non-codebook (non-codebook based), such as frequency domain scheduling and determination of SRS resource indicator (sounding reference signal resource indicator, SRI)/MCS.
NR SRS在引入SRS资源(SRS resource)概念的同时,还引入了SRS资源集合(SRS resource set)概念。其中,网络设备可以给一个终端配置一个或多个,并且每个SRS Resource set可以配置一个或多个SRS资源。NR SRS not only introduces the concept of SRS resource (SRS resource), but also introduces the concept of SRS resource set (SRS resource set). Wherein, the network device can configure one or more for a terminal, and each SRS Resource set can configure one or more SRS resources.
此外,SRS支持三种不同的传输方式:周期性(periodic)、半持续(semi-persistent)和非周期(aperiodic)。具体如下:In addition, SRS supports three different transmission modes: periodic (periodic), semi-persistent (semi-persistent) and aperiodic (aperiodic). details as follows:
(1)周期性SRS和半持续性SRS(1) Periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS
周期性SRS是指周期性传输的SRS,其周期和时隙偏移(slot offset)由RRC信令配置。如果终端接收到由该RRC信令配置的相关配置信息,则终端根据该相关信息以一定的周期发送SRS,直到该相关配置信息失效。此外,周期性SRS的空间相关信息(spatial relation information))也由RRC信令配。其中,该空间相关信息用于通过隐式的方式来指示发送的波束,并且该空间相关信息可以指示一个信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information,CSI-RS)、同步信号块(synchronization signal and PBCH block,SSB)或者参考SRS。因此,终端可以根据由该空间相关信息指示的CSI-RS/SSB的接收波束确定SRS资源的发送波束,或者根据参考SRS资源的发送波束确定SRS资源的发送波束。The periodic SRS refers to the periodically transmitted SRS, and its period and slot offset (slot offset) are configured by RRC signaling. If the terminal receives the relevant configuration information configured by the RRC signaling, the terminal sends the SRS at a certain period according to the relevant information until the relevant configuration information becomes invalid. In addition, the spatial correlation information (spatial relation information) of the periodic SRS is also configured by RRC signaling. The spatial correlation information is used to indicate the transmitted beam in an implicit manner, and the spatial correlation information may indicate a channel state information reference signal (channel state information, CSI-RS), a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal and PBCH) block, SSB) or refer to SRS. Therefore, the terminal may determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource according to the reception beam of the CSI-RS/SSB indicated by the spatial correlation information, or determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource according to the transmission beam of the reference SRS resource.
半持续性SRS也是指周期性传输的SRS,其周期和时隙偏移由RRC信令配置,但其激活信令和去激活信令是通过媒体接入控制层的控制单元(media access control control element,MAC CE)承载的。其中,终端在接收到激活信令后开始周期性传输SRS,直到接收到去激活信令为止。同时,半持续SRS的空间相关信息通过激活SRS的MAC CE一起承载。Semi-persistent SRS also refers to periodically transmitted SRS, and its period and time slot offset are configured by RRC signaling, but its activation signaling and deactivation signaling are controlled by the media access control layer (media access control control unit). element, MAC CE) is carried. The terminal starts to periodically transmit the SRS after receiving the activation signaling until the deactivation signaling is received. At the same time, the space-related information of the semi-persistent SRS is carried together by the MAC CE that activates the SRS.
终端接收到RRC信令配置的周期和时隙偏移后,根据以下公式确定能够用于传输SRS的时隙:After receiving the period and time slot offset configured by RRC signaling, the terminal determines the time slot that can be used to transmit SRS according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000001
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000002
表示每个无线帧包含的时隙数,n f表示无线帧编号,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000003
表示时隙编号,T offset表示由RRC信令配置的时隙偏移,T SRS表示由RRC信令配置的周期。
in,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000002
represents the number of time slots contained in each radio frame, n f represents the radio frame number,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000003
represents the slot number, T offset represents the slot offset configured by RRC signaling, and T SRS represents the period configured by RRC signaling.
(2)非周期性SRS(2) Aperiodic SRS
非周期性SRS是指非周期性传输的SRS。其中,非周期性SRS是在NR系统中新引入的概念。同时,网络设备可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)触发终端非周期性的传输SRS。此外,用于触发非周期SRS传输的触发信令既可以通过UE专属搜索空间中用于调度物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)或者物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的DCI承载,也可以通过公共搜索空间中的DCI格式2_3(DCI format 2_3)来承载。其中,DCI format 2_3不仅可以用于触发非周期SRS传输,也可以同时用于配置一组UE或一组载波上的SRS的TPC命令。同时,DCI携带有2比特的SRS-request来触发非周期性传输SRS。The aperiodic SRS refers to an SRS that is transmitted aperiodically. Among them, the aperiodic SRS is a concept newly introduced in the NR system. At the same time, the network device can trigger the terminal to transmit SRS aperiodically through downlink control information (DCI). In addition, the trigger signaling for triggering aperiodic SRS transmission can be used for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in the UE-specific search space. The DCI bearer can also be carried by the DCI format 2_3 (DCI format 2_3) in the common search space. Among them, DCI format 2_3 can not only be used to trigger aperiodic SRS transmission, but also can be used to configure the TPC command of SRS on a group of UEs or a group of carriers at the same time. Meanwhile, the DCI carries a 2-bit SRS-request to trigger aperiodic transmission of the SRS.
当终端接收到非周期SRS触发信令(如DCI)后,在触发信令所指示的SRS资源集合上进行非周期性SRS传输。其中,触发信令与非周期性SRS传输之间的时隙偏移由高层信令(如RRC信令)配置。同时,网络设备预先通过高层信令指示终端每个SRS资源集合的配置参数,包括时频资源、序列参数、功率控制参数等。另外,对于触发的SRS资源集合中的每个SRS资源,终端还可以通过该SRS资源的空间相关信息确定在该SRS资源上传输SRS所用的发送波束,而该空间相关信息通过RRC信息配置给每个SRS资源。After receiving the aperiodic SRS trigger signaling (such as DCI), the terminal performs aperiodic SRS transmission on the SRS resource set indicated by the trigger signaling. The time slot offset between the trigger signaling and the aperiodic SRS transmission is configured by higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling). At the same time, the network device instructs the terminal through high-layer signaling in advance the configuration parameters of each SRS resource set, including time-frequency resources, sequence parameters, power control parameters, and the like. In addition, for each SRS resource in the triggered SRS resource set, the terminal can also determine the transmission beam used for transmitting the SRS on the SRS resource through the spatial correlation information of the SRS resource, and the spatial correlation information is configured to each SRS resource through the RRC information. SRS resources.
需要说明的是,SRS的频域配置表1所示的符号C SRS和符号B SRS决定,m SRS,b表示SRS传输的物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)个数。其中,b=B SRS,C SRS∈{0,1,...,63}由高层参数freqHopping中包含的域(field)c-SRS给定,B SRS∈{0,1,2,3}由高层参数freqHopping中包含的域b-SRS给定。 It should be noted that the frequency domain configuration of the SRS is determined by the symbol C SRS and the symbol B SRS shown in Table 1, and m SRS,b represents the number of physical resource blocks (physical resource blocks, PRBs) for SRS transmission. where b=B SRS , C SRS ∈ {0,1,...,63} is given by the field c-SRS contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping, B SRS ∈ {0,1,2,3} It is given by the field b-SRS contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping.
NR系统支持SRS的跳频,若在满足b hop<B SRS的情况下(其中,b hop为RRC信令配置的参数),则终端以跳频的形式发送SRS信号。其中,m SRS,0表示SRS跳频的总带宽,m SRS,b表示每次跳频传输的PRB个数。此外,终端由以下公式确定每次跳频的频域位置: The NR system supports SRS frequency hopping. If b hop <B SRS is satisfied (where b hop is a parameter configured by RRC signaling), the terminal sends the SRS signal in the form of frequency hopping. Wherein, m SRS,0 represents the total bandwidth of SRS frequency hopping, and m SRS,b represents the number of PRBs transmitted in each frequency hopping. In addition, the terminal determines the frequency domain position of each frequency hopping by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000004
其中,N b由预设表确定,n RRC为RRC信令配置的参数,运算符
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000005
表示向下取整,F b(n SRS)由以下公式确定:
Among them, N b is determined by a preset table, n RRC is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and the operator
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000005
Representing rounded down, F b (n SRS ) is determined by:
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000006
其中,无论N b的取值多少,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000007
n SRS表示SRS跳频的次数。对于非周期性SRS,SRS跳频的次数由以下公式确定:
Among them, no matter what the value of N b is,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000007
n SRS represents the number of SRS frequency hopping. For aperiodic SRS, the number of SRS frequency hopping is determined by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000008
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000010
表示连续的OFDM符号个数(由RRC信令配置),R为重复因子(由RRC信令配置),并且R用于指示不跳频的重复OFDM符号个数。例如,当R=1时,以1个OFDM符号为单位跳频;当R=2时,以2个OFDM符号为单位跳频。
in,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000010
Indicates the number of consecutive OFDM symbols (configured by RRC signaling), R is a repetition factor (configured by RRC signaling), and R is used to indicate the number of repeated OFDM symbols without frequency hopping. For example, when R=1, frequency hopping is performed in units of 1 OFDM symbol; when R=2, frequency hopping is performed in units of 2 OFDM symbols.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000011
对于周期性SRS或者半周期性SRS,SRS跳频的次数由以下公式确定:For periodic SRS or semi-periodic SRS, the number of SRS frequency hopping is determined by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000012
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000013
表示每个无线帧包含的时隙数,n f表示无线帧编号,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000014
表示时隙编号,T offset表示由RRC信令配置的时隙偏移,T SRS表示由RRC信令配置的周期。其中,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000015
通过表2确定。
in,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000013
represents the number of time slots contained in each radio frame, n f represents the radio frame number,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000014
represents the slot number, T offset represents the slot offset configured by RRC signaling, and T SRS represents the period configured by RRC signaling. in,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000015
Determined by Table 2.
其中,在表1中,Δf表示子载波间隔,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000016
表示每个时隙(slot)包含的OFDM符号个数,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000017
表示每个子帧包含的时隙数,T slot表示时隙长度。
Among them, in Table 1, Δf represents the subcarrier spacing,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000016
represents the number of OFDM symbols contained in each slot,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000017
Indicates the number of time slots contained in each subframe, and T slot represents the length of the time slot.
目前,新无线(new radio,NR)系统支持的跳频技术(frequency-hopping spread spectrum,FHSS)需要在整个频带资源上传输SRS。同时,在实际通信网络中,由于整个频带资源中的部分频带资源上会遭受到其他无线系统(如视频回程系统)的严重干扰,因此该部分频带资源无法进行数据调度,从而无需在该部分频带频域上传输SRS。或者,在频域高度相关的情况下,由于信道在整个频带资源具有较高 的相关性,因此只需在整个频带资源的部分频带资源上传输SRS。可见,在现有通信协议标准的基础上,还需要对用于传输SRS的频带资源做进一步研究,以便提高频带资源的利用效率,以及提升SRS的复用能力等。Currently, the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) supported by the new radio (NR) system needs to transmit the SRS over the entire frequency band resource. At the same time, in an actual communication network, since some of the frequency band resources in the entire frequency band will be severely interfered by other wireless systems (such as video backhaul systems), data scheduling cannot be performed on this part of the frequency band resources, so there is no need to perform data scheduling in this part of the frequency band. The SRS is transmitted in the frequency domain. Or, in the case of high correlation in the frequency domain, since the channel has a high correlation in the whole frequency band resource, it is only necessary to transmit the SRS on part of the frequency band resource of the whole frequency band resource. It can be seen that on the basis of the existing communication protocol standards, further research on the frequency band resources used for transmitting SRS is required to improve the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources and the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000018
结合上述描述,本申请实施例提供一种探测参考信号配置方法的流程示意图,请参阅图2。该方法包括:With reference to the above description, an embodiment of the present application provides a schematic flowchart of a sounding reference signal configuration method, please refer to FIG. 2 . The method includes:
S210、网络设备向终端发送第一信息。S210. The network device sends the first information to the terminal.
其中,第一信息可以用于指示探测参考信号的资源配置。The first information may be used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal.
具体的,网络设备可以向终端发送针对探测参考信号资源的第一信息。Specifically, the network device may send the first information for the sounding reference signal resource to the terminal.
需要说明的是,现有通信协议标准对网络设备向终端配置的探测参考信号资源做了相关规定,此时,终端需要在配置的探测参考信号资源上传输若干SRS。然而,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端发送针对探测参考信号资源的第一信息;然后,终端根据第一信息来确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输SRS的资源位置分布,再通过该资源位置分布来传输SRS。相比于现有通信协议标准中规定的若干SRS传输,本申请实施例只需通过该资源位置分布在探测参考信号资源的全部或部分频带资源上传输SRS,即传输全部或部分SRS。同时,传输部分SRS具有两个主要的好处:第一个是提高功率密度,也就是说,传输部分SRS可以获得额外的功率增益;第二个是提高SRS的复用能力,也就是说,没有用于传输SRS的频带资源可以配置给其他终端。It should be noted that the existing communication protocol standards make relevant provisions on the sounding reference signal resources configured by the network device to the terminal. In this case, the terminal needs to transmit several SRSs on the configured sounding reference signal resources. However, in this embodiment of the present application, the first information for the sounding reference signal resources is sent to the terminal through the network device; then, the terminal determines, according to the first information, the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the sounding reference signal resources, and then uses The resource locations are distributed to transmit SRS. Compared with several SRS transmissions specified in the existing communication protocol standard, the embodiment of the present application only needs to transmit SRS on all or part of the frequency band resources of the sounding reference signal resource through the resource location distribution, that is, transmit all or part of the SRS. At the same time, the transmission part of SRS has two main benefits: the first is to improve the power density, that is, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain; the second is to improve the multiplexing ability of the SRS, that is, there is no The frequency band resources used to transmit the SRS can be allocated to other terminals.
下面本申请实施例将对探测参考信号资源进行具体介绍。The following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce sounding reference signal resources.
具体的,本申请实施例中的探测参考信号资源(SRS resource)为探测参考信号资源集合(SRS resource set)中的探测参考信号资源。同时,探测参考信号资源集合是由网络设备通过RRC信令配置的。需要说明的是,网络设备可以通过RRC信令向终端配置至少一个探测参考信号资源集合,并且每个探测参考信号资源集合包含至少一个探测参考信号资源。Specifically, the sounding reference signal resource (SRS resource) in the embodiment of the present application is the sounding reference signal resource in the sounding reference signal resource set (SRS resource set). Meanwhile, the sounding reference signal resource set is configured by the network device through RRC signaling. It should be noted that the network device may configure at least one sounding reference signal resource set to the terminal through RRC signaling, and each sounding reference signal resource set includes at least one sounding reference signal resource.
进一步的,探测参考信号资源集合通过高层参数SRS-ResourceSet配置,并且探测参考信号资源通过高层参数SRS-Resource配置。需要说明的是,RRC信令中的信息元素(information element,IE)包括SRS-Config信息元素,而SRS-Config信息元素用于配置探测参考信号的传输。同时,SRS-Config信息元素包含高层参数SRS-ResourceSet和高层参数SRS-Resource。Further, the sounding reference signal resource set is configured by the high layer parameter SRS-ResourceSet, and the sounding reference signal resource is configured by the high layer parameter SRS-Resource. It should be noted that the information element (information element, IE) in the RRC signaling includes the SRS-Config information element, and the SRS-Config information element is used to configure the transmission of the sounding reference signal. Meanwhile, the SRS-Config information element includes the high-level parameter SRS-ResourceSet and the high-level parameter SRS-Resource.
进一步的,高层参数SRS-ResourceSet包含用途(usage)参数,并且usage可以配置为集合{beamManagement,codebook,nonCodebook,antennaSwitching}中的一个。Further, the high-level parameter SRS-ResourceSet contains a usage parameter, and usage can be configured as one of the sets {beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching}.
进一步的,高层参数SRS-Resource包括跳频(freqHopping)参数,并且freqHopping包含以下三个域(field):c-SRS、b-SRS、b-hop。其中,c-SRS可以配置为集合(0,…,63)中的一个取值;b-SRS可以配置为集合(0,…,3)中的一个取值,b-hop可以配置为集合(0,…,3)中的一个取值。Further, the high-level parameter SRS-Resource includes a frequency hopping (freqHopping) parameter, and freqHopping includes the following three fields: c-SRS, b-SRS, and b-hop. Among them, c-SRS can be configured as a value in the set (0,...,63); b-SRS can be configured as a value in the set (0,...,3), b-hop can be configured as a set ( 0,...,3) to take a value.
进一步的,高层参数SRS-Resource可以包括第二参数,并且第二参数可以包含以下三个域:开始位置(startPosition)、连续OFDM符号个数(nrofSymbols)、重复因子(repetitionFactor)。其中,第二参数可以用于指示资源映射信息。Further, the high-layer parameter SRS-Resource may include a second parameter, and the second parameter may include the following three fields: start position (startPosition), number of consecutive OFDM symbols (nrofSymbols), and repetition factor (repetitionFactor). The second parameter may be used to indicate resource mapping information.
进一步的,第二参数可以为资源映射参数(resourceMapping)。Further, the second parameter may be a resource mapping parameter (resourceMapping).
进一步的,nrofSymbols可以配置为连续OFDM符号个数的集合中的一个取值,并且该连续OFDM符号个数的集合可以由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合决定。同时,repetitionFactor可以配置为重复因子的集合中的一个取值,并且该重复因子的集合可以由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合决定。Further, nrofSymbols may be configured as a value in a set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols may be determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols. Meanwhile, the repetitionFactor can be configured to take a value in a set of repetition factors, and the set of repetition factors can be determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second set of repetition factors.
进一步的,第一符号个数集合可以为{n1,n2,n4},第二符号个数集合可以为{n6,n8,n12,n14}。同时,第一重复因子集合可以为{n1,n2,n4},第二重复因子集合可以为{n6,n8,n12,n14}。Further, the first number set of symbols may be {n1,n2,n4}, and the second set of numbers of symbols may be {n6,n8,n12,n14}. Meanwhile, the first repetition factor set may be {n1, n2, n4}, and the second repetition factor set may be {n6, n8, n12, n14}.
进一步的,该连续OFDM符号个数的集合可以包括以下至少一种:{n1,n2,n4,n6}、{n1,n2,n4,n8}、{n1,n2,n4,n8}、{n1,n2,n4,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n6,n8}、{n1,n2,n4,n6,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n6,n8,n14}。同时,该重复因子的集合可以包括以下至少一种:{n1,n2,n4,n6}、{n1,n2,n4,n8}、{n1,n2,n4,n8}、{n1,n2,n4,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n6,n8}、{n1,n2,n4,n6,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14}、{n1,n2,n4,n6,n8,n14}。Further, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols may include at least one of the following: {n1,n2,n4,n6}, {n1,n2,n4,n8}, {n1,n2,n4,n8}, {n1 ,n2,n4,n14}, {n1,n2,n4,n6,n8},{n1,n2,n4,n6,n14},{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14},{n1,n2,n4 ,n8,n14}, {n1,n2,n4,n6,n8,n14}. Meanwhile, the set of repetition factors may include at least one of the following: {n1,n2,n4,n6}, {n1,n2,n4,n8}, {n1,n2,n4,n8}, {n1,n2,n4 ,n14}, {n1,n2,n4,n6,n8},{n1,n2,n4,n6,n14},{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14},{n1,n2,n4,n8,n14 }, {n1,n2,n4,n6,n8,n14}.
具体的,第一信息由无线资源控制RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。可以理解的是,网络设备可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI中的至少之一向终端传输或者指示第一信息。Specifically, the first information is transmitted by at least one of radio resource control RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of the medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI. It can be understood that the network device may transmit or indicate the first information to the terminal through at least one of RRC signaling, MAC CE, and DCI.
S220、终端获取来自网络设备的第一信息。S220. The terminal acquires the first information from the network device.
具体的,第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。需要说明的是,子带级别可以理解为探测参考信号资源,并且该探测参考信号资源的频域上的最小颗粒度为子带。Specifically, the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband. It should be noted that the subband level can be understood as the sounding reference signal resource, and the minimum granularity in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource is the subband.
需要说明的是,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息可以用于确定在探测参考信号资源上用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源的位置分布;基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息可以用于确定在探测参考信号资源的子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布。It should be noted that, the resource location distribution information based on the subband level can be used to determine the location distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal on the sounding reference signal resources; based on the resource location distribution information in the subband It can be used to determine the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband of the sounding reference signal resource.
下面本申请实施例将对子带(subband)进行具体介绍。The following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce a subband.
在一个可能的示例中,子带的子带大小(subband size)可以满足以下至少一种方式:子带的子带大小为K个PRB、子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、子带的子带大小与传输的探测参考信号带宽具有映射关系、子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位。In a possible example, the subband size of the subband may satisfy at least one of the following manners: the subband size of the subband is K PRBs, the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter, the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter, and the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter. There is a mapping relationship between the subband size and the transmitted sounding reference signal bandwidth, and the subband size of the subband is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping.
其中,第一参数可以用于指示SRS的跳频信息,并且K为大于或等于1的整数。The first parameter may be used to indicate the frequency hopping information of the SRS, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
具体的,K为集合{4,8,12,16}中的一个取值。进一步的,子带的子带大小为集合{4,8,12,16}个PRB中的一个取值。可以理解的是,子带大小可以配置为集合{4,8,12,16}个PRB中的一个取值,例如,图3示例出一种子带大小为4个PRB的结构示意图。Specifically, K is a value in the set {4, 8, 12, 16}. Further, the sub-band size of the sub-band is one value in the set of {4, 8, 12, 16} PRBs. It can be understood that the subband size can be configured as one value in the set of {4, 8, 12, 16} PRBs. For example, FIG. 3 illustrates a schematic structural diagram of a subband size of 4 PRBs.
具体的,子带的子带大小由第一参数中的至少一个域确定。进一步的,第一参数可以为跳频参数(freqHopping)。其中,高层参数freqHopping中的至少一个域包括:c-SRS、b-SRS、b-hop。同时,C SRS∈{0,1,...,63}由高层参数freqHopping中包含的域c-SRS给定,B SRS∈{0,1,2,3}由高层参数freqHopping中包含的域b-SRS给定。 Specifically, the subband size of the subband is determined by at least one field in the first parameter. Further, the first parameter may be a frequency hopping parameter (freq Hopping). Wherein, at least one field in the high-level parameter freqHopping includes: c-SRS, b-SRS, b-hop. Meanwhile, C SRS ∈ {0,1,...,63} is given by the domain c-SRS contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping, and B SRS ∈ {0,1,2,3} is given by the domain contained in the high-level parameter freqHopping b-SRS given.
具体的,子带的子带大小与探测参考信号传输带宽具有映射关系。例如,如果SRS传输带宽为64个PRB,则子带大小为16PRB;如果SRS传输带宽为32个PRB,则子带大小为8个PRB;如果SRS传输带宽为16PRB,则子带大小为4PRB等,对此不作具体限制。Specifically, the subband size of the subband has a mapping relationship with the sounding reference signal transmission bandwidth. For example, if the SRS transmission bandwidth is 64 PRBs, the subband size is 16PRBs; if the SRS transmission bandwidth is 32 PRBs, the subband size is 8 PRBs; if the SRS transmission bandwidth is 16PRBs, the subband size is 4PRBs, etc. , without any specific restrictions.
具体的,子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位。需要说明的是,探测参考信号跳频的最小单位可以表示为m SRS,b;其中,m SRS,b可以通过表1确定。 Specifically, the subband size of the subband is the minimum unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping. It should be noted that the minimum unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping may be expressed as m SRS,b ; wherein, m SRS,b may be determined by Table 1.
具体的,若子带的子带大小(subband size)同时满足上述至少一种方式中的二种、三种或四种方式时,则子带的子带大小为最小的一个取值。可以理解的是,若网络设备同时通过上述二种、三种或四种方式配置子带大小,则以子带大小最小的配置为准。Specifically, if the subband size (subband size) of the subband simultaneously satisfies two, three or four of the foregoing at least one manner, the subband size of the subband is the smallest value. It can be understood that, if the network device configures the subband size in the above two, three or four ways at the same time, the configuration with the smallest subband size shall prevail.
具体的,子带的子带大小由RRC信令配置。可以理解的是,网络设备通过RRC信令向终端配置子带的子带大小。Specifically, the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling. It can be understood that the network device configures the subband size of the subband to the terminal through RRC signaling.
S230、终端根据第一信息确定用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布。S230. The terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting sounding reference signals.
在一个可能的示例中,终端根据第一信息确定用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布,可以包括以下操作:终端根据基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域和/或频域资源的位置分布。In a possible example, the terminal determines, according to the first information, the resource location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal, which may include the following operations: Location distribution of time domain and/or frequency domain resources for transmitting sounding reference signals.
由于第一信息可以包括基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息和/或基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息,并且用于传输探测参考信号的时域和/或频域资源可以分为时域资源或者频域资源的不同角度,因此本申请实施例将通过以下几个实施例进行具体介绍。其中,实施例1主要分析基于子带级别的时域位置分布方式,实施例2主要分析基于子带级别的频域位置分布方式,实施例3主要分析基于子带内的频域位置分布方式,实施例4主要分析基于子带级别和子带内的时频域位置分布方式。Since the first information may include subband level-based resource location distribution information and/or resource location distribution information based on subbands, and the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals may be divided into time Domain resources or different angles of frequency domain resources, therefore, the embodiments of the present application will be specifically introduced through the following embodiments. Among them, Embodiment 1 mainly analyzes the time domain position distribution method based on the subband level, Embodiment 2 mainly analyzes the frequency domain position distribution method based on the subband level, and Embodiment 3 mainly analyzes the frequency domain position distribution method based on the subband level, Embodiment 4 mainly analyzes the sub-band level and the time-frequency domain position distribution mode within the sub-band.
实施例1:Example 1:
在一个可能的示例中,终端根据基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域和/或者频域资源的位置分布第一信息,可以包括以下操作:终端根据基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域位置分 布。In a possible example, the terminal determines the first information on the location distribution of the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the information on the resource location distribution based on the subband level, which may include The following operations are performed: the terminal determines, according to the resource location distribution manner information based on the subband level, the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
需要说明的是,在实施例1主要分析基于子带级别的时域位置分布方式中,本实施例主要考虑开启跳频功能时SRS跳频的时域位置。通过上述描述可知,在探测参考信号资源(SRS resource)的一个时隙内,SRS跳频的次数n SRS可以由参数l′、
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000019
R、
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000020
n f
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000021
T offset或T SRS等决定,因此n SRS具有多种形式。
It should be noted that, in Embodiment 1 mainly analyzing the time domain position distribution mode based on the subband level, this embodiment mainly considers the time domain position of the SRS frequency hopping when the frequency hopping function is enabled. It can be seen from the above description that in a time slot of the sounding reference signal resource (SRS resource), the number of SRS frequency hopping n SRS can be determined by the parameters l',
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000019
R.
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000020
n f ,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000021
Decisions such as T offset or T SRS , so n SRS has various forms.
举例说明,图4示例出在n SRS的6种形式下SRS跳频的时域位置分布。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的时域位置,并且在频域上两个方框表示1个子带,而在时域上1个方框表示一个OFDM符号。当
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000022
R=1、n SRS=1时,图4的(a)示例出1次SRS跳频的时域位置,因此终端可以在SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS;当
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000023
R=1、n SRS=2时,图4的(b)示例出2次SRS跳频的时域位置,因此终端可以在SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS;当
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000024
R=2、n SRS=1时,图4的(c)示例出1次SRS跳频的时域位置,因此终端可以在SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS;当
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000025
R=4、n SRS=1时,图4的(d)示例出1次SRS跳频的时域位置,因此终端可以在SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS;当
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000026
R=2、n SRS=2时,图4的(e)示例出2次SRS跳频的时域位置,因此终端可以在SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS;当
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000027
R=1、n SRS=4时,图4的(f)示例出4次SRS跳频的时域位置,因此终端可以在SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS。
For example, FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain location distribution of SRS frequency hopping under 6 forms of n SRS . Among them, the black box represents the time domain position where the terminal can transmit SRS, and in the frequency domain, two boxes represent 1 subband, and in the time domain, 1 box represents an OFDM symbol. when
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000022
When R=1, n SRS =1, (a) of FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain position of one SRS frequency hopping, so the terminal can transmit SRS at the time domain position of SRS frequency hopping; when
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000023
When R=1, n SRS =2, (b) of FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain position of 2 SRS frequency hopping, so the terminal can transmit SRS at the time domain position of SRS frequency hopping; when
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000024
When R=2, n SRS =1, (c) of FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain position of one SRS frequency hopping, so the terminal can transmit SRS at the time domain position of SRS frequency hopping; when
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000025
When R=4 and n SRS =1, (d) of FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain position of one SRS frequency hopping, so the terminal can transmit SRS at the time domain position of SRS frequency hopping; when
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000026
When R=2, n SRS =2, (e) of FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain position of 2 times of SRS frequency hopping, so the terminal can transmit SRS at the time domain position of SRS frequency hopping; when
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000027
When R=1 and n SRS =4, (f) of FIG. 4 illustrates the time domain position of 4 SRS frequency hopping, so the terminal can transmit SRS at the time domain position of SRS frequency hopping.
具体的,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息可以包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,X为大于或等于2的整数。可以理解的是,终端可以根据第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域位置分布。Specifically, the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level may include: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. It can be understood that, the terminal may determine, according to the first bit bitmap information or the X-bit information, the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
下面本实施例将对基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息为第一比特位图(bitmap)信息进行具体介绍。In the following, this embodiment will specifically introduce the information of the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level as the first bitmap (bitmap) information.
具体的,第一比特位图信息的长度可以由第二参数确定。Specifically, the length of the first bitmap information may be determined by the second parameter.
进一步的,第二参数可以为高层参数resourceMapping。其中,resourceMapping中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数nrofSymbols、重复因子repetitionFactor。Further, the second parameter may be a high-level parameter resourceMapping. The fields in the resourceMapping include at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols nrofSymbols, and the repetition factor repetitionFactor.
进一步的,第一比特位图信息的长度可以为
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000028
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000029
表示连续的OFDM符号个数(由RRC信令配置),R为重复因子(由RRC信令配置)。
Further, the length of the first bit bitmap information can be
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000028
in,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000029
Indicates the number of consecutive OFDM symbols (configured by RRC signaling), and R is the repetition factor (configured by RRC signaling).
具体的,第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源的位置分布具有对应关系。需要说明的是,用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源,可以理解为,在时域上用于传输探测参考信号的OFDM符号,而在频域上用于传输探测参考信号的子带。Specifically, the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal. It should be noted that the time-frequency domain resource used for transmitting the sounding reference signal can be understood as the OFDM symbol used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the time domain, and the subband used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the frequency domain.
具体的,第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示终端是否在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输探测参考信号,第一比特位为第一比特位图信息中的一个比特位。Specifically, the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit is the first bitmap information a bit in .
进一步的,若第一比特位的值为1,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输探测参考信号;若第一比特位的值为0,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上不传输探测参考信号;或者,若第一比特位的值为1,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上不传输探测参考信号;若第一比特位的值为0,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输探测参考信号。Further, if the value of the first bit is 1, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; if the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal is in the first bit. The sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the bit; or, if the value of the first bit is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; If the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit.
举例说明,请参阅图5,图5提供了一种根据第一比特位图信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域位置分布的结构示意图。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的时域位置,而斜线方框和白色方框表示终端不能用于传输SRS的时域位置,并且在频域上两个方框表示1个子带,在时域上1个方框表示一个OFDM符号。在图5的(a)中,第一比特位图信息为“1”,并且第一比特位图信息中比特位“1”的位置对应的时域位置为“1次SRS跳频的时域位置”。在图5的(b)中,第一比特位图信息为“01”,并且第一比特位图信息中第一个比特位“1”的位置对应的时域位置为“第1次SRS跳频的时域位置”,第二个比特位“0”的位置对应的时域位置为“第2次SRS跳频的时域位置”。在图5的(f)中,第一比特位图信息为“1001”,并且第一比特位图信息中第一个比特位“1”的位置对应的时域位置为“第1次SRS跳频的时域位置”,第二个比特位“0”的位置对应的时域位置为“第2次SRS跳频的时域位置”,第三个比特位“0”的位置对应的时域位置为“第3次SRS跳频的时域位置”,第四个比特位“1”的位置对应的时域位置为“第4次SRS跳频的时域位置”。同时,图5的(c)、(d)和(e)同理可知。For example, please refer to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 provides a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to the first bitmap information, a time domain location distribution for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a sounding reference signal resource. Among them, the black box represents the time domain location where the terminal can transmit SRS, the slashed box and the white box represent the time domain location where the terminal cannot transmit SRS, and the two boxes in the frequency domain represent a sub Band, 1 box represents one OFDM symbol in the time domain. In (a) of FIG. 5 , the first bit map information is “1”, and the time domain position corresponding to the position of the bit “1” in the first bit map information is “the time domain of one SRS frequency hopping. Location". In (b) of FIG. 5 , the first bit map information is "01", and the time domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit "1" in the first bit map information is "1st SRS hop" The time domain position of the frequency", the time domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit "0" is "the time domain position of the second SRS frequency hopping". In (f) of FIG. 5 , the first bit map information is "1001", and the time domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit "1" in the first bit map information is "1st SRS hop" time domain position of the frequency", the time domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit "0" is "the time domain position of the second SRS frequency hopping", and the time domain position corresponding to the position of the third bit "0" The position is "the time domain position of the third SRS frequency hopping", and the time domain position corresponding to the position of the fourth bit "1" is "the time domain position of the fourth SRS frequency hopping". Meanwhile, (c), (d) and (e) of FIG. 5 can be understood in the same way.
可见,终端可以根据第一比特位图信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据时域位置分布确定哪些时域位置发送SRS,而哪些时域位置不发送 SRS,从而提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the first bit map information. Therefore, it can simply and intuitively determine which time domain locations to send SRS and which ones to transmit SRS according to the time domain location distribution. The time domain location does not transmit SRS, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration.
下面本实施例将对基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息为X比特信息进行具体介绍。In the following, this embodiment will specifically introduce that the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level is X-bit information.
具体的,在探测参考信号资源的一个时隙内内配置有Y个用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源且Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若Y为1,则X比特信息作为保留比特;和/或,若Y小于或者等于X,则终端是否在Y个时频域资源上传输探测参考信号由X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,若Y大于X,则除终端是否在Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输探测参考信号由X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,终端是否在Y个时频域资源中的其余探时频域资源上传输探测参考信号通过重复利用X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。Specifically, in the case where Y time-frequency resources for transmitting the sounding reference signal are configured in one time slot of the sounding reference signal resource and Y is greater than or equal to 1, if Y is 1, the X bits of information are reserved. and/or, if Y is less than or equal to X, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or, if Y is greater than X, divide the Whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the X time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources. The sounding reference signal transmitted on the resource is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
具体的,若X比特信息中的比特位的值为1,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上传输探测参考信号;若X比特信息中的比特位的值为0,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上不传输探测参考信号;或者,若X比特信息中的比特位的值为1,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上不传输探测参考信号;若X比特信息中的比特位的值为0,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上传输探测参考信号。Specifically, if the value of the bit in the X-bit information is 1, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; if the value of the bit in the X-bit information is 0, the terminal is in this The sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; or, if the value of the bit in the X bit information is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; If the value of the bit in the information is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit.
举例说明,当X为2时,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息为2比特信息。对于图4的(a)、(c)和(d),由于在一个时隙内只有1次SRS跳频,因此该2比特信息作为保留比特。对于图4的(b)和(e),该2比特信息中的比特位用于指示终端是否在2次SRS跳频中的SRS的时域位置上传输SRS。对于图4的(f),该2比特信息中的比特位除用于指示终端是否在4次SRS跳频中的前2次SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS外,还可以通过重复利用该2比特信息中的比特指示终端是否在4次SRS跳频中的后2次SRS跳频的时域位置上传输SRS。例如,在针对图4的(f)中的4次SRS跳频的时域位置配置为“1010”情况下,“1010”中的第三个比特位和第四个比特位为第一个比特位和第二个比特位的重复利用以配置的。For example, when X is 2, the information on the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level is 2-bit information. For (a), (c) and (d) of FIG. 4 , since there is only one SRS frequency hopping in one time slot, the 2-bit information is used as a reserved bit. For (b) and (e) of FIG. 4 , the bits in the 2-bit information are used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the SRS at the time domain position of the SRS in the 2 times of SRS frequency hopping. For (f) of FIG. 4 , the bits in the 2-bit information are not only used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the SRS at the time domain position of the first 2 SRS hopping in the 4 SRS hopping, but also can be reused The bit in the 2-bit information indicates whether the terminal transmits the SRS at the time domain position of the last 2 SRS hopping in the 4 SRS hopping. For example, in the case where the time domain position configuration for the four SRS frequency hopping in (f) of FIG. 4 is “1010”, the third and fourth bits in “1010” are the first bits The reuse of the bit and the second bit is configurable.
可见,终端可以根据X比特信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据时域位置分布确定哪些时域位置发送SRS,而哪些时域位置不发送SRS,从而提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。此外,在保证灵活性的同时,可以较好的控制网络设备侧的调度过程的复杂度。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the time domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the X-bit information. Therefore, it can simply and intuitively determine which time domain locations to send SRS and which time domain locations according to the time domain location distribution. SRS is not sent, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, the complexity of the scheduling process on the network device side can be better controlled.
下面本实施例将对基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括时域资源压缩方式信息进行具体介绍。In the following this embodiment, the sub-band level-based resource location distribution mode information also includes time-domain resource compression mode information in detail.
在一个可能的示例中,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,时域资源压缩方式信息可以用于将探测参考信号传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。In a possible example, the resource location distribution method information based on the subband level further includes: time domain resource compression method information, and the time domain resource compression method information can be used to compress the time domain location distribution of sounding reference signal transmission.
具体的,将探测参考信号跳频的时域位置分布进行压缩,可以包括以下操作:减少探测参考信号传输的时频域资源中连续两个探测参考信号传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔;或者,将探测参考信号跳频的时域位置向前压缩至少一个未用于探测参考信号跳频的OFDM符号。Specifically, compressing the time-domain position distribution of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping may include the following operations: reducing the OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive sounding reference signal transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the sounding reference signal transmission or, compressing the time domain position of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping forward by at least one OFDM symbol that is not used for the sounding reference signal frequency hopping.
举例说明,请参阅图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的一种压缩探测参考信号跳频的时域位置分布的结构示意图。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的时域位置,而斜线方框和白色方框表示终端不能用于传输SRS的时域位置。将图6的(b)中的“SRS跳频的时域位置”在向前压缩1个未用于SRS跳频的OFDM符号后得到图6的(a)所示的位置分布,以及将图6的(b)中的“SRS跳频的时域位置”在向前压缩2个未用于SRS跳频的OFDM符号后得到图6的(c)所示的位置分布,从而减少连续两个探测参考信号传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。For example, please refer to FIG. 6 . FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of time-domain location distribution of a compressed sounding reference signal frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the black box represents the time domain position where the terminal can be used to transmit SRS, and the slashed box and the white box represent the time domain location where the terminal cannot be used to transmit SRS. After compressing the "time domain position of SRS frequency hopping" in (b) of Figure 6 forward by one OFDM symbol not used for SRS frequency hopping, the position distribution shown in (a) of Figure 6 is obtained, and the The "time domain position of SRS frequency hopping" in (b) of 6 obtains the position distribution shown in (c) of Figure 6 after compressing 2 OFDM symbols not used for SRS frequency hopping forward, thereby reducing two consecutive OFDM symbols. The OFDM symbol spacing between the time domain locations of sounding reference signal transmissions.
可见,通过配置时域资源压缩方式信息,有利于降低传输SRS的时间间隔,并且通过压缩的方式能够获得更多不同的资源位置分布,有利于提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。It can be seen that by configuring the time domain resource compression method information, it is beneficial to reduce the time interval for transmitting SRS, and more different resource location distributions can be obtained by the compression method, which is beneficial to improve the flexibility and scalability of SRS configuration.
实施例2:Example 2:
在一个可能的示例中,终端根据基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时域和/或频域资源的位置分布第一信息,可以包括以下操作:终端根据基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布。In a possible example, the terminal determines the first information on the location distribution of the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the information on the resource location distribution based on the subband level, which may include The following operations are performed: the terminal determines the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the resource location distribution manner information based on the subband level.
需要说明的是,在实施例2主要分析基于子带级别的频域位置分布方式中,本实施例既可以考虑开启跳频功能时SRS跳频的频域位置,也可以考虑不开启跳频功能时SRS传输的频域位置。此外,本实施例在分析SRS跳频或传输的频域位置时,需要获知探测参考信号资源内配置有多少个用于SRS跳频或传输的子带个数。同时,与上述实施例描述相同,在考虑开启跳频功能时,本实施例中的n SRS也具有多种形式。 It should be noted that, in Embodiment 2 mainly analyzing the frequency domain location distribution mode based on the subband level, this embodiment may consider the frequency domain location of the SRS frequency hopping when the frequency hopping function is enabled, or consider not enabling the frequency hopping function. The frequency domain location of the SRS transmission. In addition, when analyzing the frequency domain position of SRS frequency hopping or transmission in this embodiment, it is necessary to know how many subbands are configured in the sounding reference signal resource for SRS frequency hopping or transmission. At the same time, as described in the above embodiments, when considering enabling the frequency hopping function, the n SRS in this embodiment also has various forms.
举例说明,图7示例出4种SRS跳频或传输的频域资源。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的频域位置,并且在频域上两个方框表示1个子带,而在时域上1个方框表示一个OFDM符号。图7的(a)示例出在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的1个用于SRS跳频或传输的子带,因此终端可以在该1个子带 上传输SRS。图7的(b)示例出在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的2个用于SRS跳频或传输的子带,因此终端可以在该2个子带上传输SRS。图7的(c)示例出在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的2个用于SRS跳频或传输的子带,因此终端可以在该2个子带上传输SRS。图7的(d)示例出在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的4个用于SRS跳频或传输的子带,因此终端可以在该4个子带上传输SRS。For example, FIG. 7 illustrates four types of SRS frequency hopping or frequency domain resources for transmission. Among them, the black box represents the frequency domain position where the terminal can transmit SRS, and two boxes represent one subband in the frequency domain, and one box represents one OFDM symbol in the time domain. (a) of FIG. 7 illustrates one subband configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit the SRS on the one subband. (b) of FIG. 7 illustrates two subbands configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit SRS on the two subbands. (c) of FIG. 7 illustrates two subbands configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit SRS on the two subbands. (d) of FIG. 7 illustrates four subbands configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources for SRS frequency hopping or transmission, so the terminal can transmit SRS on the four subbands.
具体的,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息可以包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,X为大于或等于2的整数。可以理解的是,终端可以根据第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布。Specifically, the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level may include: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. It can be understood that, the terminal may determine, according to the first bit bitmap information or the X-bit information, the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource.
与上述针对第一比特位图信息的一致,下面本实施例再对基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息为第一比特位图信息进行具体介绍。Consistent with the above description for the first bitmap information, the present embodiment further specifically introduces that the information on the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level is the first bitmap information.
具体的,第一比特位图信息的长度可以由在探测参考信号资源内配置的子带的子带个数决定。Specifically, the length of the first bitmap information may be determined by the number of subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource.
进一步的,第一比特位图信息的长度可以由在探测参考信号资源内配置的用于探测参考信号跳频或传输的子带个数决定。Further, the length of the first bitmap information may be determined by the number of subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource for frequency hopping or transmission of the sounding reference signal.
进一步的,第一比特位图信息的长度可以为N subbandbits。其中,N subband表示在探测参考信号资源内配置的用于探测参考信号跳频或传输的子带个数。 Further, the length of the first bit bitmap information may be N subband bits. Wherein, N subband represents the number of subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource for frequency hopping or transmission of the sounding reference signal.
具体的,第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源的位置分布具有对应关系。需要说明的是,用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源,可以理解为,在时域上用于传输探测参考信号的OFDM符号,而在频域上用于传输探测参考信号的子带。Specifically, the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the sounding reference signal. It should be noted that the time-frequency domain resource used for transmitting the sounding reference signal can be understood as the OFDM symbol used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the time domain, and the subband used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the frequency domain.
进一步的,第一比特位图信息从低位到高位与探测参考信号资源的频域从低到高具有对应关系。Further, the first bit bitmap information from low to high has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resources from low to high.
具体的,第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示终端是否在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输探测参考信号,第一比特位为第一比特位图信息中的一个比特位。Specifically, the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit is the first bitmap information a bit in .
进一步的,若第一比特位的值为1,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输探测参考信号;若第一比特位的值为0,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上不传输探测参考信号;或者,若第一比特位的值为1,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上不传输探测参考信号;若第一比特位的值为0,则终端在第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输探测参考信号。Further, if the value of the first bit is 1, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; if the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal is in the first bit. The sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the bit; or, if the value of the first bit is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit; If the value of the first bit is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit.
举例说明,请参阅图8,图8提供了一种根据第二比特图信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布的结构示意图。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的频域位置,而斜线方框和白色方框表示终端不能用于传输SRS的频域位置,并且在频域上两个方框表示1个子带,而在时域上1个方框表示一个OFDM符号。在图8的(a)中,第一比特位图信息为“1”,并且第一比特位图信息中的比特位“1”的位置对应的频域位置为“在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的1个用于传输SRS的子带”。在图8的(c)中,第一比特位图信息为“10”,并且第一比特位图信息中第1个比特位“1”的位置对应的频域位置为“在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的第1个用于传输SRS的子带”,第2个比特位“0”的位置对应的频域位置为“在探测参考信号资源的频域上配置的第2个用于传输SRS的子带”。同时,图8的(b)和(d)同理可知。For example, please refer to FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 provides a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to the second bitmap information, the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource. Among them, the black box represents the frequency domain position that the terminal can use to transmit SRS, and the slashed box and the white box represent the frequency domain position that the terminal cannot use to transmit SRS, and the two boxes in the frequency domain represent a sub band, while in the time domain 1 box represents an OFDM symbol. In (a) of FIG. 8 , the first bit map information is "1", and the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the bit "1" in the first bit map information is "in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource" 1 subband configured on the domain for SRS transmission". In (c) of FIG. 8 , the first bitmap information is "10", and the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit "1" in the first bitmap information is "in the sounding reference signal resource" The first subband configured in the frequency domain of the SRS for transmitting SRS", the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit "0" is "the second subband configured in the frequency domain of the sounding reference signal resource. Subbands for the transmission of SRS". Meanwhile, (b) and (d) of FIG. 8 can be understood in the same way.
可见,终端可以根据第一比特位图信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据频域位置分布确定哪些频域位置发送SRS,而哪些频域位置不发送SRS,从而保证SRS的配置具有较好的灵活性和扩展性。此外,实施例2可以将实施例1中仅在支持跳频时的SRS传输拓展到既支持跳频也支持不跳频的情况。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the first bit map information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain locations send SRS and which ones according to the frequency domain location distribution. The SRS is not sent in the frequency domain location, thereby ensuring that the configuration of the SRS has better flexibility and scalability. In addition, Embodiment 2 can extend the SRS transmission in Embodiment 1 only when frequency hopping is supported to the case where both frequency hopping and no frequency hopping are supported.
在上述针对X比特信息的一致,下面本申请实施例将对基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息为X比特信息进行具体介绍。With regard to the above-mentioned consistency of X-bit information, the following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information as X-bit information.
具体的,在探测参考信号资源的一个时隙内内配置有Y个用于传输探测参考信号的时频域资源且Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若Y为1,则X比特信息作为保留比特;和/或,若Y小于或者等于X,则终端是否在Y个时频域资源上传输探测参考信号由X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,若Y大于X,则除终端是否在Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输探测参考信号由X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,终端是否在Y个时频域资源中的其余探时频域资源上传输探测参考信号通过重复利用X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。Specifically, in the case where Y time-frequency resources for transmitting the sounding reference signal are configured in one time slot of the sounding reference signal resource and Y is greater than or equal to 1, if Y is 1, the X bits of information are reserved. and/or, if Y is less than or equal to X, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or, if Y is greater than X, divide the Whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the X time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information, whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources. The sounding reference signal transmitted on the resource is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
具体的,若X比特信息中的比特位的值为1,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上传输探测参考信号;若X比特信息中的比特位的值为0,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上不传输探测参考信号;或者,若X比特信息中的比特位的值为1,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上不传输探测参考信号;若X比特信息中的比特位的值为0,则终端在该比特位对应的时域位置上传输探测参考信号。Specifically, if the value of the bit in the X-bit information is 1, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; if the value of the bit in the X-bit information is 0, the terminal is in this The sounding reference signal is not transmitted at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; or, if the value of the bit in the X bit information is 1, the terminal does not transmit the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit; If the value of the bit in the information is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the time domain position corresponding to the bit.
举例说明,请参阅图9。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的频域位置,而斜线方框和白色 方框表示终端不能用于传输SRS的频域位置,并且在频域上两个方框表示1个子带,而在时域上1个方框表示一个OFDM符号。当X为2时,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息为2比特信息。对于图9的(a),在探测参考信号资源内配置有1个用于探测参考信号跳频或传输的子带的情况下,该2比特信息作为保留比特。对于图9的(d),在探测参考信号资源内配置有4个用于探测参考信号跳频或传输的子带的情况下,该2比特信息中的比特位除用于指示终端是否在4个子带中的前2个子带上传输SRS外,还可以通过重复利用该2比特信息中的比特指示终端是否在4个子带中的其他子带上传输SRS。同时,图9的(b)和(c)同理可知。See Figure 9 for an example. Among them, the black box represents the frequency domain position that the terminal can use to transmit SRS, and the slashed box and the white box represent the frequency domain position that the terminal cannot use to transmit SRS, and the two boxes in the frequency domain represent a sub band, while in the time domain 1 box represents an OFDM symbol. When X is 2, the resource location distribution mode information based on the subband level is 2-bit information. In (a) of FIG. 9 , when one subband for sounding reference signal frequency hopping or transmission is configured in the sounding reference signal resource, the 2-bit information is used as a reserved bit. For (d) of FIG. 9 , in the case where 4 subbands for sounding reference signal frequency hopping or transmission are configured in the sounding reference signal resource, the bit division in the 2-bit information is used to indicate whether the terminal is in 4 In addition to transmitting the SRS on the first two subbands in the subbands, the terminal may also indicate whether the terminal transmits the SRS on other subbands in the four subbands by reusing the bits in the 2-bit information. At the same time, the same can be seen in (b) and (c) of FIG. 9 .
可见,终端可以根据X比特信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据频域位置分布确定哪些频域位置发送SRS,而哪些频域位置不发送SRS,从而提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。此外,在保证灵活性的同时,可以较好的控制网络设备侧的调度过程的复杂度。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sounding reference signal resource according to the X-bit information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain locations send SRS and which frequency domain locations according to the frequency domain location distribution. SRS is not sent, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, the complexity of the scheduling process on the network device side can be better controlled.
下面本申请实施例将对基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括时域资源压缩方式信息进行具体介绍。The following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce the sub-band level-based resource location distribution mode information also including time-domain resource compression mode information.
在一个可能的示例中,基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,时域资源压缩方式信息可以用于将探测参考信号跳频的时域位置分布进行压缩。In a possible example, the resource location distribution method information based on the subband level further includes: time domain resource compression method information, and the time domain resource compression method information can be used to compress the time domain location distribution of sounding reference signal frequency hopping.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的时域资源压缩方式信息与上述实施例1中的一致,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, the time-domain resource compression method information in this embodiment is the same as that in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
可见,通过配置时域资源压缩方式信息,有利于降低传输SRS的时间间隔,并且通过压缩的方式能够获得更多不同的资源位置分布,有利于提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。It can be seen that by configuring the time domain resource compression method information, it is beneficial to reduce the time interval for transmitting SRS, and more different resource location distributions can be obtained by the compression method, which is beneficial to improve the flexibility and scalability of SRS configuration.
实施例3:Example 3:
在一个可能的示例中,终端根据第一信息确定用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布,可以包括以下操作:终端根据基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布。In a possible example, the terminal determines, according to the first information, the resource location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal, which may include the following operations: the terminal determines, according to the information on the resource location distribution in the subband, the resource location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband. The frequency domain location distribution of the reference signal.
需要说明的是,实施例3主要分析探测参考信号资源的子带内的频域位置分布,并根据子带内的频域位置分布来传输探测参考信号。其中,子带内的频域资源可以通过该子带的子带大小确定。It should be noted that Embodiment 3 mainly analyzes the frequency domain position distribution in the subband of the sounding reference signal resources, and transmits the sounding reference signal according to the frequency domain position distribution in the subband. The frequency domain resources in the subband may be determined by the subband size of the subband.
举例说明,请参阅图10,在子带的子带大小为4个PRB时,图10示例出该子带内的频域位置分布的15种形式。其中,黑色方框表示该子带内终端能用于传输SRS的频域位置,而白色方框表示该子带内终端不能用于传输SRS的频域位置。For example, please refer to FIG. 10 , when the sub-band size of the sub-band is 4 PRBs, FIG. 10 illustrates 15 forms of frequency domain position distribution in the sub-band. Wherein, the black box represents the frequency domain location where the terminal in the subband can be used to transmit SRS, and the white box represents the frequency domain location where the terminal in the subband cannot be used to transmit the SRS.
具体的,基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息可以包括以下至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。可以理解的是,终端可以根据第二比特位图信息、M比特信息或者S个第一指示域信息确定在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布。Specifically, the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband may include at least one of the following: second bitmap information, M-bit information, and S pieces of first indication field information, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1. It can be understood that, the terminal may determine the frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband according to the second bit map information, the M bits of information or the S pieces of first indication domain information.
下面本实施例将对基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息为第二比特位图信息进行具体介绍。In the following, this embodiment will specifically introduce the second bitmap information based on the resource location distribution mode information in the subband.
具体的,第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、第二比特位图信息的长度由子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定。需要说明的是,配置的第二比特位图信息的长度既可以小于或等于子带大小包含的PRB个数,也可以大于子带大小包含的PRB个数。例如,第二比特图信息的长度为4bits,而子带大小包含的PRB个数为8。Specifically, the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, and the length of the second bitmap information is the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband Decide. It should be noted that the length of the configured second bitmap information may be smaller than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the subband size, or may be greater than the number of PRBs included in the subband size. For example, the length of the second bitmap information is 4 bits, and the number of PRBs included in the subband size is 8.
其中,K为大于或等于1的整数。Wherein, K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
进一步的,K为集合{4,8,12,16}比特中的一个取值。可以理解的是,第二比特位图信息的长度可以为集合{4,8,12,16}比特中的一个取值。进一步的,第二比特位图信息的长度可以为
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000030
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000031
表示在探测参考信号资源内子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。
Further, K is a value in a set of {4, 8, 12, 16} bits. It can be understood that, the length of the bitmap information of the second bit may be a value from a set of {4, 8, 12, 16} bits. Further, the length of the second bitmap information can be
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000030
in,
Figure PCTCN2020119727-appb-000031
Indicates the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband in the sounding reference signal resource.
具体的,第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布具有对应关系。需要说明的是,用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置,可以理解为,在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的PRB的位置。Specifically, the positions of the bits in the second bitmap information have a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband. It should be noted that the frequency domain position used for transmitting the sounding reference signal can be understood as the position of the PRB used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband.
进一步的,第二比特位图信息从低位到高位与探测参考信号资源内子带的频域从低到高具有对应关系。Further, the second bit bitmap information from low to high has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain of the subbands in the sounding reference signal resource from low to high.
具体的,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示所述终端是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输探测参考信号,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。Specifically, the second bit in the second bit map information is used to indicate whether the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit, The second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
进一步的,若第二比特位的值为1,则终端在第二比特位的位置对应的子带内的频域位置上传输探测参考信号;若第二比特位的值为0,则终端在第二比特位对应的子带内的频域位置上不传输探测参考 信号;或者,若第二比特位的值为1,则终端在第二比特位的位置对应的子带内的频域位置上不传输探测参考信号;若第二比特位的值为0,则终端在第二比特位对应的子带内的频域位置上传输探测参考信号。Further, if the value of the second bit is 1, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit; if the value of the second bit is 0, the terminal is in the frequency domain position. The sounding reference signal is not transmitted in the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the second bit; or, if the value of the second bit is 1, the terminal is in the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the second bit position If the value of the second bit is 0, the terminal transmits the sounding reference signal at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the second bit.
举例说明,请参阅图11,图11提供了一种根据第二比特位图信息确定在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布的结构示意图。其中,黑色方框表示终端能用于传输SRS的频域位置,而斜线方框和白色方框表示终端不能用于传输SRS的频域位置。在图11的(a)中,第二比特位图信息为“1010”,并且第二比特位图信息中第一个比特位“1”的位置对应的频域位置为“子带内第一个用于传输SRS的PRB”,第二个比特位“0”的位置对应的频域位置为“子带内第二个用于传输SRS的PRB”,第三个比特位“1”的位置对应的频域位置为“子带内第三个用于传输SRS的PRB”,第四个比特位“0”的位置对应的频域位置为“子带内第四个用于传输SRS的PRB”。同时,图11的(b)、(c)、(d)、(e)和(f)同理可知。For example, please refer to FIG. 11 . FIG. 11 provides a schematic structural diagram of determining, according to the second bitmap information, the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband. Wherein, the black box represents the frequency domain position where the terminal can transmit SRS, and the slashed box and the white box represent the frequency domain location where the terminal cannot transmit SRS. In (a) of FIG. 11 , the second bitmap information is "1010", and the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit "1" in the second bitmap information is "the first in the subband" "PRB for transmitting SRS", the frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the second bit "0" is "the second PRB for transmitting SRS in the subband", and the position of the third bit "1" The corresponding frequency domain position is "the third PRB in the subband for transmitting SRS", and the corresponding frequency domain position of the fourth bit "0" is "the fourth PRB in the subband for transmitting SRS". ". Meanwhile, (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of FIG. 11 can be seen in the same way.
可见,终端可以根据第二比特位图信息确定在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据子带内的频域位置分布确定哪些频域位置发送SRS,而哪些频域位置不发送SRS,从而保证SRS的配置具有较好的灵活性和扩展性。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband according to the second bit map information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain positions to send SRS according to the frequency domain position distribution in the subband, And which frequency domain locations do not send SRS, so as to ensure that the configuration of the SRS has better flexibility and scalability.
下面本申请实施例将对基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息为M比特信息进行具体介绍。The following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce information based on the resource location distribution manner in the subband as M-bit information.
方式一:method one:
在一个可能的示例中,M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布。In a possible example, all bits in the M-bit information indicate the frequency domain position distribution of the sounding reference signal transmission in the subband according to the coding combination.
需要说明的是,当子带内只存在图10中的(f)、(g)、(l)、(m)、(n)、(o)所示的6种形式时,M比特信息可以为3bits信息,该3bits信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示该6种形式,例如“000”指示图10中的(f),“001”指示图10中的(g),“010”指示图10中的(l)等,对此不作具体限制。当子带内只存在图10中的(f)至(o)所示的10种形式时,M比特信息可以为4bits信息,该4bits信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示该10种形式,例如“0000”指示图10中的(f)等。当子带内只存在图10中的(b)至(e)所示的4种形式时,M比特信息可以为2bits信息,该2bits信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示该4种形式,例如“00”指示图10中的(b)等,对此不作具体限制。It should be noted that when there are only six forms shown in (f), (g), (l), (m), (n), and (o) in FIG. 10 in the subband, the M-bit information can be is 3bits information, all bits in the 3bits information indicate the 6 forms according to the coding combination, for example, "000" indicates (f) in Figure 10, "001" indicates (g) in Figure 10, "010" ” indicates (1) and the like in FIG. 10 , which is not particularly limited. When there are only 10 forms shown in (f) to (o) in FIG. 10 in the subband, the M-bit information can be 4bits information, and all bits in the 4bits information indicate the 10 types according to the coding combination. A form such as "0000" indicates (f) in FIG. 10 and the like. When there are only four forms shown in (b) to (e) in FIG. 10 in the subband, the M-bit information can be 2bits information, and all bits in the 2bits information indicate the four types according to the coding combination. The form, for example, "00" indicates (b) in FIG. 10, etc., which is not particularly limited.
方式二:Method two:
在一个可能的示例中,M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域资源的数量P,N为大于等于1的整数,P为小于或等于子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;M比特信息中除N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示P个频域资源在子带内的位置分布。In a possible example, N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband, N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and P is less than or equal to the subband. The number of PRBs included in the subband size of the band; the remaining bits except the N bits in the M-bit information indicate the position distribution of the P frequency domain resources in the subband according to the coding combination mode.
具体的,N的取值可以由子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。需要说明的是,当已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量只存在两种模式(如P∈{1,2})时,N的取值可以为1。此时,M比特信息中可以用1个比特位来指示该两种模式。例如,该1个比特位为“0”来指示P为1,该1个比特位为“1”来指示P为2。当已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量只存在四种模式(如,P∈{1,2,3,4})时,N的取值可以为2。此时,M比特信息中可以用2个比特位来指示该四种模式。例如,该2个比特位为“00”来指示P为1,该1个比特位为“01”来指示P为2等,对此不作具体限制。Specifically, the value of N may be determined by the number of patterns existing in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband. It should be noted that, when it is known that there are only two modes (eg, P∈{1,2}) of the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting SRS in the subband configured by the network device, the value of N can be 1. At this time, one bit can be used to indicate the two modes in the M-bit information. For example, the 1 bit is "0" to indicate that P is 1, and the 1 bit is "1" to indicate that P is 2. When it is known that there are only four patterns (eg, P∈{1,2,3,4}) in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting SRS in the subband configured by the network device, the value of N can be 2. At this time, the four modes can be indicated by 2 bits in the M-bit information. For example, the 2 bits are "00" to indicate that P is 1, the 1 bit is "01" to indicate that P is 2, etc., which are not specifically limited.
具体的,N的取值可以由子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定。需要说明的是,当子带的子带大小包括的PRB个数为4时,N的取值可以为3。此时,M比特信息中可以用3个比特位按照编码组合方式来指示子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量P。例如,该3个比特位为“000”来指示P为0,该3个比特位为“001”来指示P为1,该3个比特位为“100”来指示P为4等,对此不作具体限制。当子带的子带大小包括的PRB个数为8时,N的取值可以为4。此时,M比特信息中可以用4个比特位按照编码组合方式来指示子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量P。例如,该4个比特位为“0000”来指示P为0,该3个比特位为“1000”来指示P为8等,对此不作具体限制。Specifically, the value of N may be determined by the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband. It should be noted that, when the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is 4, the value of N may be 3. At this time, in the M-bit information, 3 bits may be used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to the coding combination. For example, the 3 bits are "000" to indicate that P is 0, the 3 bits are "001" to indicate that P is 1, the 3 bits are "100" to indicate that P is 4, etc. No specific restrictions are imposed. When the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is 8, the value of N may be 4. At this time, in the M-bit information, 4 bits may be used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to the coding combination. For example, the 4 bits are "0000" to indicate that P is 0, the 3 bits are "1000" to indicate that P is 8, etc., which are not specifically limited.
举例1:当子带内只存在图10中的(f)、(g)、(l)、(m)、(n)、(o)所示的6种形式,并且M比特信息为3bits信息时,由于已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域资源的数量只存在两种模式(即,P∈{1,2}),因此N的取值为1。此时,该3bits信息中第一个比特位用于指示子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量P为1或2。其中,第一个比特位为“0”指示P为2,而第一个比特位为“1”指示P为1。因此,该3bits信息为“00x”指示图10中的(f),而“x”表示保留比特;该3bits信息为“01x”指示图10中的(g);该3bits信息为“100”指示图10中的(l);该3bits信息为“101”指示图10中的(m);该3bits信息为“110”指示图10中的(n);该3bits信息为“111”指示图10中的(o)。Example 1: When there are only 6 forms shown in (f), (g), (l), (m), (n), (o) in Figure 10 in the subband, and the M-bit information is 3bits information When it is known that there are only two modes (ie, P∈{1,2}) of the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband configured by the network device, N takes the value of 1. At this time, the first bit in the 3 bits information is used to indicate that the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband is 1 or 2. Wherein, the first bit being "0" indicates that P is 2, and the first bit being "1" indicates that P is 1. Therefore, "00x" for the 3bits information indicates (f) in Figure 10, and "x" indicates reserved bits; "01x" for the 3bits information indicates (g) in Figure 10; "100" for the 3bits information indicates (l) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "101" indicating (m) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "110" indicating (n) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "111" indicating Figure 10 (o) in .
举例2:当子带内只存在图10中的(f)、(g)、(h)、(i)、(l)、(m)、(n)、(o)所 示的8种形式,并且M比特信息为3bits信息时,由于已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域资源的数量只存在两种模式(即,P∈{1,2}),因此N的取值为1。此时,该3bits信息中第一个比特位用于指示子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量P为1或2。其中,第一个比特位为“0”指示P为2,而第一个比特位为“1”指示P为1。因此,该3bits信息为“000”指示图10中的(f);该3bits信息为“001”指示图10中的(g);该3bits信息为“010”指示图10中的(h);该3bits信息为“011”指示图10中的(i);该3bits信息为“100”指示图10中的(l);该3bits信息为“101”指示图10中的(m);该3bits信息为“110”指示图10中的(n);该3bits信息为“111”指示图10中的(o)。Example 2: When there are only 8 forms shown in (f), (g), (h), (i), (l), (m), (n), (o) in Figure 10 in the subband , and when the M-bit information is 3-bits information, since there are only two modes (ie, P∈{1,2}) for the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband configured by the known network device, so The value of N is 1. At this time, the first bit in the 3 bits information is used to indicate that the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband is 1 or 2. Wherein, the first bit being "0" indicates that P is 2, and the first bit being "1" indicates that P is 1. Therefore, the 3bits information as "000" indicates (f) in Figure 10; the 3bits information as "001" indicates (g) in Figure 10; the 3bits information as "010" indicates (h) in Figure 10; The 3bits information is "011" indicating (i) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "100" indicating (1) in Figure 10; the 3bits information is "101" indicating (m) in Figure 10; the 3bits The information "110" indicates (n) in FIG. 10 ; the 3-bit information is "111" indicates (o) in FIG. 10 .
可见,终端可以根据K比特信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输SRS的频域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据频域位置分布确定哪些频域位置发送SRS,而哪些频域位置不发送SRS,从而提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。此外,在保证灵活性的同时,可以较好的控制网络设备侧的调度过程的复杂度。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the frequency domain location distribution used for transmitting SRS in the sounding reference signal resource according to the K-bit information, so it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain locations send SRS and which frequency domain locations do not send SRS according to the frequency domain location distribution. SRS, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, the complexity of the scheduling process on the network device side can be better controlled.
下面本申请实施例将对基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息为S个第一指示域信息进行具体介绍。The following embodiments of the present application will specifically introduce the information based on the resource location distribution manner in the subband as S pieces of first indication domain information.
具体的,所述S的取值可以由子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定决定。其中,第一指示域用于指示子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域资源的数量Q,Q为小于或等于子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。Specifically, the value of S may be determined by the number of patterns existing in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband. The first indication field is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting sounding reference signals in the subband, where Q is the number of PRBs less than or equal to the subband size included in the subband.
需要说明的是,当已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量只存在两种模式(如Q∈{1,2})时,S的取值可以为2。此时,网络设备可以用2个第一指示域信息来分别指示该两种模式。例如,第1个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为1,第2个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为2。当已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量只存在四种模式(如Q∈{1,2,3,4})时,S的取值可以为4。此时,网络设备可以用4个第一指示域信息来分别指示该四种模式。例如,第1个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为1,第2个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为2,第3个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为3,第4个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为4。It should be noted that when it is known that there are only two modes (eg, Q∈{1,2}) in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting SRS in the subband configured by the network device, the value of S can be 2. At this time, the network device may use the two pieces of first indication field information to indicate the two modes respectively. For example, the first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1, and the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2. When it is known that there are only four patterns (eg, Q∈{1, 2, 3, 4}) in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting SRS in the subband configured by the network device, the value of S can be 4. At this time, the network device may use the four pieces of first indication field information to indicate the four modes respectively. For example, the first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1, the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2, the third first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 3, and the fourth The first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 4.
进一步的,第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示Q个频域资源在子带内的位置分布,R为大于或等于1的整数。Further, the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, all bits in the R-bit information indicate the position distribution of the Q frequency domain resources in the subband according to the coding combination, and R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
举例1:当子带内只存在图10中的(f)、(g)、(l)、(m)、(n)、(o)所示的6种形式时,由于已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量只存在两种模式(即,Q∈{1,2}),因此S的取值为2。此时,网络设备可以用2个第一指示域信息来分别指示该两种模式。其中,第1个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为2,第2个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为1。同时,第1个第一指示域信息包含1bit信息,以及第2个第一指示域信息包含2bits信息。因此,该1bit信息为“1”指示图10中的(f);该1bit信息为“0”指示图10中的(g);该2bits信息为“00”指示图10中的(l);该2bits信息为“01”指示图10中的(m);该2bits信息为“10”指示图10中的(n);该2bits信息为“11”指示图10中的(o)。Example 1: When there are only six forms shown in (f), (g), (l), (m), (n), and (o) in Figure 10 in the subband, due to the known network device configuration There are only two modes (ie, Q∈{1,2}) of the number of frequency domain resources used to transmit SRS in the subband of , so the value of S is 2. At this time, the network device may use the two pieces of first indication field information to indicate the two modes respectively. The first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2, and the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1. Meanwhile, the first first indication field information includes 1bit information, and the second first indication field information includes 2bits information. Therefore, if the 1bit information is "1", it indicates (f) in Figure 10; if the 1bit information is "0", it indicates (g) in Figure 10; if the 2bits information is "00", it indicates (1) in Figure 10; When the 2bits information is “01”, it indicates (m) in FIG. 10; when the 2bits information is “10”, it indicates (n) in FIG. 10; and when the 2bits information is “11”, it indicates (o) in FIG.
举例2:当子带内只存在图10中的(f)、(g)、(h)、(i)、(l)、(m)、(n)、(o)所示的8种形式时,由于已知网络设备配置的子带内用于传输SRS的频域资源的数量只存在两种模式(即,Q∈{1,2}),因此S的取值为2。此时,网络设备可以用2个第一指示域信息来分别指示该两种模式。其中,第1个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为2,第2个第一指示域信息用于指示Q为1。同时,第1个第一指示域信息包含2bits信息,以及第2个第一指示域信息包含2bits信息。因此,第1个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“00”指示图10中的(f);第1个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“01”指示图10中的(g);第1个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“10”指示图10中的(h);第1个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“11”指示图10中的(i);第2个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“00”指示图10中的(l);第2个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“01”指示图10中的(m);第2个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“10”指示图10中的(n);第2个第一指示域信息中的2bits信息为“11”指示图10中的(o)。Example 2: When there are only 8 forms shown in (f), (g), (h), (i), (l), (m), (n), (o) in Figure 10 in the subband When it is known that there are only two patterns (ie, Q∈{1,2}) of the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting SRS in the subband configured by the network device, the value of S is 2. At this time, the network device may use the two pieces of first indication field information to indicate the two modes respectively. The first first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 2, and the second first indication field information is used to indicate that Q is 1. Meanwhile, the first first indication field information includes 2 bits of information, and the second first indication field information includes 2 bits of information. Therefore, the 2bits information in the first first indication field information is "00" to indicate (f) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the first first indication field information is "01" to indicate (g) in Figure 10 ); the 2bits information in the first first indication domain information is "10" indicating (h) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the first first indication domain information is "11" indicating (i) in Figure 10 ); the 2bits information in the 2nd first indication domain information is "00" to indicate (1) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the 2nd first indication domain information is "01" to indicate (m in Figure 10 ) ); the 2bits information in the second first indication domain information is "10" indicating (n) in Figure 10; the 2bits information in the second first indication domain information is "11" indicating (o in Figure 10 ) ).
可见,终端可以根据S个第一指示域信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输SRS的频域位置分布,因此可以简单直观地根据频域位置分布确定哪些频域位置发送SRS,而哪些频域位置不发送SRS,从而提高针对SRS配置的灵活性和扩展性。此外,在保证灵活性的同时,有利于保证良好的可读性。It can be seen that the terminal can determine the frequency domain position distribution for transmitting SRS in the sounding reference signal resource according to the S pieces of first indication domain information. Therefore, it can simply and intuitively determine which frequency domain positions send SRS and which frequency domain positions according to the frequency domain position distribution. Domain locations do not transmit SRS, thereby improving flexibility and scalability for SRS configuration. In addition, while ensuring flexibility, it is beneficial to ensure good readability.
在一个可能的示例中,终端根据基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在子带内用于传输探测参考信号的频域位置分布,包括:终端通过基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以重复利用或者相同传输模式的方式确定子带内用于传输所述探测参考信号的频域位置分布。In a possible example, the terminal determines the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband according to the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband, including: the terminal uses the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband. The frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal in the subband is determined in the manner of reuse or the same transmission mode.
需要说明的是,实施例3通过子带的子带大小为4个PPR的情况对根据基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息如何确定出子带内用于传输SRS的频域位置分布进行了具体说明。因此,针对子带的子带大小为 8、12、16或以上个PRB情况,可以通过实施例3中通过基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定出的4个PRB内用于SRS传输的频域位置分布作为基础以针对基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息采用重复利用或者相同传输模式的方式确定出子带大小为8、12、16或以上个PRB时的位置分布。It should be noted that, in Embodiment 3, how to determine the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting SRS in the subband based on the information on the resource location distribution in the subband is carried out in the case that the subband size of the subband is 4 PPRs. Specific instructions. Therefore, for the case where the subband size of the subband is 8, 12, 16 or more PRBs, the 4 PRBs used for SRS transmission in the 4 PRBs determined based on the resource location distribution information in the subband in Embodiment 3 can be used. The frequency domain location distribution is used as the basis to determine the location distribution when the subband size is 8, 12, 16 or more PRBs by adopting reuse or the same transmission mode based on the resource location distribution information in the subband.
举例1,图12中的(a)为实施例3中基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定出的4个PRB内用于SRS传输的频域位置分布的示例,因此通过基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以重复利用的方式确定出8个PRB内用于SRS传输的频域位置分布的为图12中的(b)所示。Example 1, (a) in FIG. 12 is an example of the frequency domain location distribution for SRS transmission in the 4 PRBs determined based on the information on the resource location distribution in the subband in Embodiment 3. The resource location distribution method information of , determines the frequency domain location distribution used for SRS transmission in the 8 PRBs in a repetitive manner, as shown in (b) of FIG. 12 .
举例2,图13中的(a)为实施例3中基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定出的4个PRB内用于SRS传输的频域位置分布的示例,因此通过基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以相同传输模式的方式确定出8个PRB内用于SRS传输的频域位置分布的为图13中的(b)所示。Example 2, (a) in FIG. 13 is an example of the frequency domain location distribution for SRS transmission in the 4 PRBs determined based on the resource location distribution information in the subband in Embodiment 3. The resource location distribution method information of , determines the frequency domain location distribution used for SRS transmission in 8 PRBs in the manner of the same transmission mode, as shown in (b) of FIG. 13 .
实施例4:Example 4:
在一个可能的示例中,终端根据第一信息确定用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布,可以包括以下操作:终端根据基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息和基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时频域位置分布。In a possible example, the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information, which may include the following operations: the terminal determines the resource location distribution based on the subband level and the resource location distribution based on the subband The mode information determines the time-frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal within the sounding reference signal resource.
需要说明的是,实施例4主要分析在第一信息为基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息和基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息时探测参考信号资源内用于传输探测参考信号的时频域位置分布。因此,实施例4中的具体技术方案与上述实施例1、2和3中的技术方案一致,对此不再具体赘述。It should be noted that Embodiment 4 mainly analyzes the time when the SRS resource is used to transmit the SRS when the first information is the resource location distribution method information based on the subband level and the resource location distribution method information based on the subband. Frequency domain location distribution. Therefore, the specific technical solutions in Embodiment 4 are consistent with the technical solutions in the foregoing Embodiments 1, 2 and 3, and details are not repeated here.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端发送第一信息;然后,终端获取该第一信息,并根据该第一信息确定出用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布。由于第一信息是由网络设备发送给终端,从而有利于实现网络设备对用于传输SRS的资源位置分布进行配置。此外,终端根据第一信息来确定用于传输SRS的资源位置分布,再通过该资源位置分布来传输SRS。由于只需通过该资源位置分布在全部或部分频带资源上传输SRS,从而实现传输全部或部分SRS,提高频带资源的利用效率。同时,传输部分SRS可以获得额外的功率增益以提高功率密度,而没有用于传输SRS的频带资源可以配置给其他终端以提高SRS的复用能力。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the first information to the terminal; then, the terminal obtains the first information, and determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information. Since the first information is sent by the network device to the terminal, it is beneficial to realize the configuration of the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS by the network device. In addition, the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
上述主要从方法侧的角度具体介绍本实施例的技术方案。可以理解的是,终端和网络设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The technical solution of this embodiment is described in detail above mainly from the perspective of the method side. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the terminal and the network device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端和网络设备进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件程序模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment, the terminal and the network device may be divided into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software program modules. It should be noted that the division of units in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and other division methods may be used in actual implementation.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图14示出了一种探测参考信号配置装置的功能单元组成框图。探测参考信号配置装置1400应用于终端,具体包括:处理单元1402和通信单元1403。处理单元1402用于对终端的动作进行控制管理。例如,处理单元1402用于支持终端执行图2中的步骤和/或用于本实施例所描述的技术方案的其它过程。通信单元1403用于支持终端与网络设备的通信。探测参考信号配置装置1400还可以包括存储单元1401,其用于存储终端的程序代码和数据。In the case of using integrated units, FIG. 14 shows a block diagram of functional units of a sounding reference signal configuration apparatus. The sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1400 is applied to a terminal, and specifically includes: a processing unit 1402 and a communication unit 1403 . The processing unit 1402 is used to control and manage the actions of the terminal. For example, the processing unit 1402 is configured to support the terminal to perform the steps in FIG. 2 and/or other processes for the technical solutions described in this embodiment. The communication unit 1403 is used to support the communication between the terminal and the network device. The sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1400 may further include a storage unit 1401 for storing program codes and data of the terminal.
其中,处理单元1402可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理单元1402也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元1403可以是通信接口、收发器、收发电路等,存储单元1401可以是存储器。当处理单元1402为处理器,通信单元1403为通信接口,存储单元1401为存储器时,本实施例所涉及的探测参考信号配置装置1400可以为图16所示的终端。The processing unit 1402 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit) integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processing unit 1402 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication unit 1403 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., and the storage unit 1401 may be a memory. When the processing unit 1402 is a processor, the communication unit 1403 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 1401 is a memory, the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1400 involved in this embodiment may be the terminal shown in FIG. 16 .
具体实现时,处理单元1402用于执行如上述方法实施例中由终端执行的任一步骤,且在执行诸如发送等数据传输时,可选择的调用通信单元1403来完成相应操作。下面进行详细说明。During specific implementation, the processing unit 1402 is configured to perform any step performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments, and when performing data transmission such as sending, the communication unit 1403 can be selectively invoked to complete corresponding operations. A detailed description will be given below.
处理单元1402用于:获取来自网络设备第一信息,第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置;根据第一信息确定用于传输SRS的资源位置分布。The processing unit 1402 is configured to: obtain first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS; and determine the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,应用于终端的探测参考信号配置装置可以获取该第一信息,并根据该 第一信息确定出用于传输探测参考信号的资源位置分布。由于第一信息是由网络设备发送给探测参考信号配置装置,从而有利于实现网络设备对用于传输SRS的资源位置分布进行配置。此外,探测参考信号配置装置根据第一信息来确定用于传输SRS的资源位置分布,再通过该资源位置分布来传输SRS。由于只需通过该资源位置分布在全部或部分频带资源上传输SRS,从而实现传输全部或部分SRS,提高频带资源的利用效率。同时,传输部分SRS可以获得额外的功率增益以提高功率密度,而没有用于传输SRS的频带资源可以配置给其他终端以提高SRS的复用能力。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for configuring the sounding reference signal applied to the terminal can acquire the first information, and determine the resource location distribution for transmitting the sounding reference signal according to the first information. Since the first information is sent by the network device to the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus, it is beneficial for the network device to configure the resource location distribution for SRS transmission. In addition, the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。In a possible example, the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
在一个可能的示例中所述子带的子带大小满足以下至少一种方式:所述子带的子带大小为K个物理资源块PRB、所述子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、所述子带的子带大小与SRS传输带宽具有映射关系、所述子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位;其中,所述第一参数用于指示探测参考信号的跳频信息,所述K为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible example, the sub-band size of the sub-band satisfies at least one of the following manners: the sub-band size of the sub-band is K physical resource blocks PRB, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is determined by the first parameter , the sub-band size of the sub-band has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate the sounding reference signal hopping frequency information, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中所述子带的子带大小由无线资源控制RRC信令配置。In a possible example, the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布方面,处理单元1402具体用于:根据所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输所述SRS的时域和/或频域资源的位置分布。In a possible example, in the aspect of determining the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: determine according to the subband level-based resource location distribution information Location distribution of time domain and/or frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS within the sounding reference signal resources.
在一个可能的示例中所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,所述X为大于或等于2的整数。In a possible example, the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information includes: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的示例中所述第一比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第一比特位图信息的长度由第二参数确定、所述第一比特位图信息的长度由在所述探测参考信号资源内配置的所述子带的子带个数决定;其中,所述第二参数用于指示资源映射信息。In a possible example, the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by the second parameter, and the length of the first bitmap information is determined by The number of subbands of the subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource is determined; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
在一个可能的示例中所述第二参数中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数、重复因子。In a possible example, the domain in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the repetition factor.
在一个可能的示例中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合确定;所述重复因子的集合由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合确定;其中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合用于表示由所述连续OFDM符号个数组成的集合,所述重复因子的集合用于表示由所述重复因子组成的集合。In a possible example, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second set of repetition factors Determine; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源的位置分布具有对应关系。In a possible example, the position distribution of bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示是否在所述第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第一比特位为所述第一比特位图信息中的一个比特位。In a possible example, the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at a time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit A bit is one bit in the first bitmap information.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述探测参考信号资源内配置有Y个用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源且所述Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若所述Y为1,则所述X比特作为保留比特;和/或,若所述Y小于或者等于所述X,则是否在所述Y个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,若所述Y大于所述X,则除是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的其余时频域资源上传输所述SRS通过重复利用所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。In a possible example, in the case where Y time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if the Y is 1, then The X bits are reserved bits; and/or, if the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether to transmit the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is determined by the bits in the X bits of information. and/or, if the Y is greater than the X, determining whether to transmit the SRS on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is determined by the bits in the X-bit information In addition to the indication, whether to transmit the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,所述时域资源压缩方式信息用于将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。In a possible example, the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information further includes: time domain resource compression manner information, where the time domain resource compression manner information is used to perform the time domain location distribution of the SRS transmission. compression.
在一个可能的示例中,所述将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩,包括:减少所述SRS传输的时频域资源中连续两个SRS传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。In a possible example, the compressing the time-domain position distribution of the SRS transmission includes: reducing the OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission .
在一个可能的示例中,在所述根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布方面,处理单元1402具体用于:根据所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。In a possible example, in the aspect of determining the resource location distribution used for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: determine according to the information on the resource location distribution method based on the subband A frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS within the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息包括以下至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,所述M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。In a possible example, the information based on the resource location distribution within the subband includes at least one of the following: second bit bitmap information, M-bit information, and S pieces of first indication field information, where M is greater than or is an integer equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、所述第二比特位图信息的长度由所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定;其中,所述L为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible example, the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, and the length of the second bitmap information is determined by The number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is determined; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的 频域位置分布具有对应关系。In a possible example, the positions of the bits in the second bitmap information have a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。In a possible example, the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit , the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。In a possible example, all bits in the M-bit information indicate the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
在一个可能的示例中,所述M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量P,所述N为大于等于1的整数,所述P为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;所述M比特信息中除所述N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述P个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布。In a possible example, N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS in the subband, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, The P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; the remaining bits except the N bits in the M-bit information indicate the P frequency bits according to the coding combination. Location distribution of domain resources within the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述S的取值由所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。In a possible example, the value of S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一指示域信息用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量Q,所述Q为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。In a possible example, the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, where Q is a subband smaller than or equal to the subband The number of PRBs included in the size.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,所述R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述Q个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布,所述R为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible example, the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate the positions of the Q frequency domain resources in the subband according to a coding combination. distribution, where R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述根据所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布方面,处理单元1402具体用于:通过所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以重复利用或者相同传输模式的方式确定所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。In a possible example, in the aspect of determining the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband, the processing unit 1402 is specifically configured to: The frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband is determined in a manner of reuse or the same transmission mode based on the resource location distribution information in the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息由RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。In a possible example, the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of the medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图15提供了又一种探测参考信号配置装置的功能单元组成框图。探测参考信号装置1500应用于网络设备,具体包括:处理单元1502和通信单元1503。处理单元1502用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理。例如,处理单元1502用于支持网络设备执行图2中的步骤和/或用于本实施例所描述的技术方案的其它过程。通信单元1503用于支持网络设备与终端的通信。探测参考信号装置1500还可以包括存储单元1501,其用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据。In the case of using integrated units, FIG. 15 provides a block diagram of functional units of yet another sounding reference signal configuration apparatus. The sounding reference signal apparatus 1500 is applied to network equipment, and specifically includes: a processing unit 1502 and a communication unit 1503 . The processing unit 1502 is used to control and manage the actions of the network device. For example, the processing unit 1502 is configured to support the network device to perform the steps in FIG. 2 and/or other processes for the technical solutions described in this embodiment. The communication unit 1503 is used to support the communication between the network device and the terminal. The sounding reference signal apparatus 1500 may further include a storage unit 1501 for storing program codes and data of the network device.
其中,处理单元1502可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是CPU、通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本实施例所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框、模块和电路。处理单元1502也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合、DSP和微处理器的组合等。通信单元1503可以是通信接口、收发器和收发电路等,存储单元1501可以是存储器。当处理单元1502为处理器,通信单元1503为通信接口,存储单元1501为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的探测参考信号配置装置1500可以为图17所示的网络设备。The processing unit 1502 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this embodiment. The processing unit 1502 may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like. The communication unit 1503 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, etc., and the storage unit 1501 may be a memory. When the processing unit 1502 is a processor, the communication unit 1503 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 1501 is a memory, the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus 1500 involved in this embodiment of the present application may be the network device shown in FIG. 17 .
具体实现时,处理单元1502用于执行如上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的任一步骤,且在执行诸如发送等数据传输时,可选择的调用通信单元1503来完成相应操作。下面进行详细说明。During specific implementation, the processing unit 1502 is configured to perform any step performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and when performing data transmission such as sending, the communication unit 1503 can be selectively invoked to complete corresponding operations. A detailed description will be given below.
处理单元1502用于:向终端发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置。The processing unit 1502 is configured to: send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
可以看出,本申请实施例中,应用于网络设备的探测参考信号配置装置可以向终端发送第一信息,从而有利于实现网络设备对用于传输SRS的资源位置分布进行配置。此外,终端根据第一信息来确定用于传输SRS的资源位置分布,再通过该资源位置分布来传输SRS。由于只需通过该资源位置分布在全部或部分频带资源上传输SRS,从而实现传输全部或部分SRS,提高频带资源的利用效率。同时,传输部分SRS可以获得额外的功率增益以提高功率密度,而没有用于传输SRS的频带资源可以配置给其他终端以提高SRS的复用能力。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, the sounding reference signal configuration apparatus applied to the network device can send the first information to the terminal, thereby facilitating the configuration of the resource location distribution for SRS transmission by the network device. In addition, the terminal determines the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS according to the first information, and then transmits the SRS through the resource location distribution. Because the SRS only needs to be transmitted on all or part of the frequency band resources through the resource location distribution, all or part of the SRS can be transmitted, and the utilization efficiency of the frequency band resources is improved. At the same time, the transmission part of the SRS can obtain additional power gain to improve the power density, and the frequency band resources that are not used for the transmission of the SRS can be allocated to other terminals to improve the multiplexing capability of the SRS.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。In a possible example, the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述子带的子带大小满足以下至少一种方式:所述子带的子带大小为K个物理资源块PRB、所述子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、所述子带的子带大小与SRS传输带宽具有映射关系、所述子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位;其中,所述第一参数用于指示探测参考信号的跳频信息,所述K为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible example, the subband size of the subband satisfies at least one of the following manners: the subband size of the subband is K physical resource blocks PRB, the subband size of the subband is determined by the first parameter It is determined that the subband size of the subband has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the subband size of the subband is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter is used to indicate the sounding reference signal. Frequency hopping information, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,所述子带的子带大小由无线资源控制RRC信令配置。In a possible example, the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
在一个可能的示例中,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,所述X为大于或等于2的整数。In a possible example, the subband level-based resource location distribution manner information includes: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第一比特位图信 息的长度由第二参数确定、所述第一比特位图信息的长度由在探测参考信号资源内配置的所述子带的子带个数决定;其中,所述第二参数用于指示资源映射信息。In a possible example, the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by a second parameter, the length of the first bitmap information It is determined by the number of subbands of the subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二参数中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数、重复因子。In a possible example, the field in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the repetition factor.
在一个可能的示例中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合确定;所述重复因子的集合由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合确定;其中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合用于表示由所述连续OFDM符号个数组成的集合,所述重复因子的集合用于表示由所述重复因子组成的集合。In a possible example, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second set of repetition factors Determine; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输所述SRS的时频域位置分布具有对应关系。In a possible example, the position distribution of bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示是否在所述第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第一比特位为所述第一比特图信息中的一个比特位。In a possible example, the first bit in the first bit bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at a time-frequency domain position corresponding to the position of the first bit, and the first bit The bit is one bit in the first bitmap information.
在一个可能的示例中,在所述探测参考信号资源内配置有Y个用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源且所述Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若所述Y为1,则所述X比特作为保留比特;和/或,若所述Y小于或者等于所述X,则是否在所述Y个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,若所述Y大于所述X,则除是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的其余时频域资源上传输所述SRS通过重复利用所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。In a possible example, in the case where Y time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if the Y is 1, then The X bits are reserved bits; and/or, if the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether to transmit the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is determined by the bits in the X bits of information. and/or, if the Y is greater than the X, determining whether to transmit the SRS on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is determined by the bits in the X-bit information In addition to the indication, whether to transmit the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,所述时域资源压缩方式信息用于将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。In a possible example, the sub-band level-based resource location distribution manner information further includes: time domain resource compression manner information, where the time domain resource compression manner information is used to perform the time domain location distribution of the SRS transmission. compression.
在一个可能的示例中,将所述SRS跳频的时域位置分布进行压缩方面,包括:减少所述SRS传输的时频域资源中连续两个SRS传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。In a possible example, the aspect of compressing the time-domain position distribution of the SRS frequency hopping includes: reducing the OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission .
在一个可能的示例中,所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息包括以下至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,所述M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。In a possible example, the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband includes at least one of the following: second bit map information, M bits of information, and S pieces of first indication field information, where M is greater than or is an integer equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、所述第二比特位图信息的长度由所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定;其中,所述L为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible example, the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, and the length of the second bitmap information is determined by The number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband is determined; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布具有对应关系。In a possible example, the position of the bit in the second bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。In a possible example, the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether to transmit the SRS at the frequency domain position in the subband corresponding to the position of the second bit , the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
在一个可能的示例中,所述M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。In a possible example, all bits in the M-bit information indicate the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
在一个可能的示例中,所述M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量P,所述N为大于等于1的整数,所述P为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;所述M比特信息中除所述N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述P个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布。In a possible example, N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS in the subband, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, The P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; the remaining bits except the N bits in the M-bit information indicate the P frequency bits according to the coding combination. Location distribution of domain resources within the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述S的取值由所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。In a possible example, the value of S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一指示域信息用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量Q,所述Q为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。In a possible example, the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, where Q is a subband smaller than or equal to the subband The number of PRBs included in the size.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,所述R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述Q个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布,所述R为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible example, the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate the positions of the Q frequency domain resources in the subband according to a coding combination. distribution, where R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一个可能的示例中,所述第一信息由RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。In a possible example, the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of the medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
请参阅图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。其中,终端1600包括处理器1610、存储器1620、通信接口1630和至少一个用于连接处理器1610、存储器1620和通信接口1630的通信总线。Please refer to FIG. 16. FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal 1600 includes a processor 1610 , a memory 1620 , a communication interface 1630 and at least one communication bus for connecting the processor 1610 , the memory 1620 and the communication interface 1630 .
存储器1620包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)或便 携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),并且存储器1620用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 1620 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable Read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), and the memory 1620 is used to store related instructions and data.
通信接口1630用于接收和发送数据。 Communication interface 1630 is used to receive and transmit data.
处理器1610可以是一个或多个CPU,在处理器1610是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。The processor 1610 may be one or more CPUs, and if the processor 1610 is one CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
终端1600中的处理器1610用于读取存储器1620中存储的一个或多个程序代码1621,执行以下操作:获取来自网络设备第一信息,第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置;根据第一信息确定用于传输SRS的资源位置分布。The processor 1610 in the terminal 1600 is configured to read one or more program codes 1621 stored in the memory 1620, and perform the following operations: obtain first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS; The resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS is determined according to the first information.
需要说明的是,各个操作的实现还可以对应参照图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述,终端1600可以用于执行上述本实施例中终端侧的方法,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, the implementation of each operation may also correspond to the corresponding description with reference to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , and the terminal 1600 may be used to execute the method on the terminal side in this embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图17,图17是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其中,网络设备1700包括处理器1710、存储器1720、通信接口1730和至少一个用于连接处理器1710、存储器1720和通信接口1730的通信总线。Please refer to FIG. 17. FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network device 1700 includes a processor 1710 , a memory 1720 , a communication interface 1730 and at least one communication bus for connecting the processor 1710 , the memory 1720 and the communication interface 1730 .
存储器1720包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体、只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器或便携式只读存储器,并且存储器1720用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 1720 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory, read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, or portable read-only memory, and the memory 1720 is used to store related instructions and data.
通信接口1730用于接收和发送数据。 Communication interface 1730 is used to receive and transmit data.
处理器1710可以是一个或多个CPU,在处理器1710是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。The processor 1710 may be one or more CPUs, and if the processor 1710 is one CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
网络设备1700中的处理器1710用于读取存储器1720中存储的一个或多个程序代码1721,执行以下操作:向终端发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置。The processor 1710 in the network device 1700 is configured to read one or more program codes 1721 stored in the memory 1720, and perform the following operations: send first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
需要说明的是,各个操作的实现还可以对应参照图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述,网络设备1700可以用于执行上述本实施例中网络设备侧的方法,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, the implementation of each operation may also correspond to the corresponding description with reference to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 , and the network device 1700 may be used to execute the method on the network device side in this embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,其中,该芯片包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行如上述方法实施例中终端和网络设备所描述的部分或全部步骤。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, wherein the chip includes a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the description of the terminal and network device in the above method embodiments some or all of the steps.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,计算机程序可操作来使得计算机执行如上述方法实施例中终端和网络设备所描述的部分或全部步骤。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program is operable to cause the computer to execute the terminal and the method in the foregoing method embodiments. Some or all of the steps described by the network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,其中,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,计算机程序可操作来使计算机执行如上述方法实施例中终端和网络设备所描述的部分或全部步骤。该计算机程序产品可以为一个软件安装包。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes a computer program, and the computer program is operable to cause the computer to execute some or all of the steps described in the terminal and network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The computer program product may be a software installation package.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘)等。Those skilled in the art should realize that, in one or more of the above examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server, or data center via wire (e.g., the same coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center. A computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes an integration of one or more available media. Useful media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, digital video discs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state drives), among others.
以上所述的具体实施方式,对本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明,可以理解的是,上述仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式而已,并不用于限定本申请实施例的保护范围,凡在本申请实施例的技术方案的基础之上,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包括在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。The specific embodiments described above further describe the purposes, technical solutions and beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application in further detail. It can be understood that the above are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application. In the protection scope of the embodiments, any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made on the basis of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application shall be included in the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (102)

  1. 一种探测参考信号配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A sounding reference signal configuration method, comprising:
    终端获取来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置;The terminal acquires first information from the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS;
    所述终端根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布。The terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information comprises at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小满足以下至少一种方式:所述子带的子带大小为K个物理资源块PRB、所述子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、所述子带的子带大小与SRS传输带宽具有映射关系、所述子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位;其中,所述第一参数用于指示探测参考信号的跳频信息,所述K为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 2, wherein the sub-band size of the sub-band satisfies at least one of the following manners: the sub-band size of the sub-band is K physical resource blocks PRB, the sub-band of the sub-band The band size is determined by the first parameter, the sub-band size of the sub-band has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is the smallest unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter uses For indicating the frequency hopping information of the sounding reference signal, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小由无线资源控制RRC信令配置。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS, comprising:
    所述终端根据所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输所述SRS的时域和/或频域资源的位置分布。The terminal determines, according to the information on the resource location distribution manner based on the subband level, the location distribution of the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the sounding reference signal resources.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,所述X为大于或等于2的整数。The method according to claim 5, wherein the subband level-based resource location distribution mode information comprises: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第一比特位图信息的长度由第二参数确定、所述第一比特位图信息的长度由在所述探测参考信号资源内配置的所述子带的子带个数决定;其中,所述第二参数用于指示资源映射信息。The method according to claim 6, wherein the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by a second parameter, the first bitmap information The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of subbands of the subband configured in the sounding reference signal resource; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数、重复因子。The method according to claim 7, wherein the field in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols and a repetition factor.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合确定;所述重复因子的集合由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合确定;其中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合用于表示由所述连续OFDM符号个数组成的集合,所述重复因子的集合用于表示由所述重复因子组成的集合。The method according to claim 8, wherein the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second repetition factor set is determined; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor gather.
  10. 根据权利要求6-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源的位置分布具有对应关系。The method according to any one of claims 6-9, wherein the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS .
  11. 根据权利要求6-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示所述终端是否在所述第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第一比特位为所述第一比特位图信息中的一个比特位。The method according to any one of claims 6-10, wherein the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal corresponds to the position of the first bit The SRS is transmitted in a time-frequency domain position, and the first bit is a bit in the first bitmap information.
  12. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述探测参考信号资源内配置有Y个用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源且所述Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若所述Y为1,则所述X比特作为保留比特;和/或,The method according to claim 6, wherein, in the case where Y time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if all Said Y is 1, then said X bits are reserved bits; and/or,
    若所述Y小于或者等于所述X,则所述终端是否在所述Y个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,If the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether the terminal transmits the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or,
    若所述Y大于所述X,则除所述终端是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,所述终端是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的其余时频域资源上传输所述SRS通过重复利用所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。If the Y is greater than the X, except whether the terminal transmits the SRS on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information , whether the terminal transmits the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  13. 根据权利要求6-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,所述时域资源压缩方式信息用于将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。The method according to any one of claims 6-12, wherein the subband level-based resource location distribution mode information further comprises: time-domain resource compression mode information, wherein the time-domain resource compression mode information is used for The time-domain location distribution of the SRS transmission is compressed.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the compressing the time domain location distribution of the SRS transmission comprises:
    减少所述SRS传输的时频域资源中连续两个SRS传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。The OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission is reduced.
  15. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the terminal determines, according to the first information, resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS, comprising:
    所述终端根据所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The terminal determines, according to the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband, a frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息包括以下 至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,所述M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。The method according to claim 15, wherein the information based on the resource location distribution mode in the subband comprises at least one of the following: second bitmap information, M-bit information, and S pieces of first indication field information, The M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、所述第二比特位图信息的长度由所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定;其中,所述L为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 16, wherein the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, the second bitmap The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布具有对应关系。The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the position of the bit in the second bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution in the subband for transmitting the SRS.
  19. 根据权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示所述终端是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。The method according to any one of claims 16-18, wherein the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal corresponds to the position of the second bit The SRS is transmitted at the frequency domain position in the subband, and the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The method according to claim 16, wherein all bits in the M-bit information indicate a frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
  21. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量P,所述N为大于等于1的整数,所述P为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;所述M比特信息中除所述N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述P个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布。The method according to claim 16, wherein N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and N is Integer greater than or equal to 1, the P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the sub-band size of the sub-band; the remaining bits in the M-bit information except the N bits are determined according to the coding combination. Indicates the location distribution of the P frequency domain resources in the subband.
  22. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述S的取值由所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。The method according to claim 16, wherein the value of S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量Q,所述Q为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。The method according to claim 22, wherein the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and the Q is less than or equal to the Describes the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,所述R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述Q个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布,所述R为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 23, wherein the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate that the Q frequency domain resources are in all The position distribution in the subband, the R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  25. 根据权利要求15-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端根据所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布,包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-24, wherein the terminal determines, according to the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband, a frequency domain used for transmitting the SRS in the subband Location distribution, including:
    所述终端通过所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以重复利用或者相同传输模式的方式确定所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The terminal determines, by using the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband, the frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband in a manner of reuse or the same transmission mode.
  26. 根据权利要求1-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息由RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。The method according to any one of claims 1-25, wherein the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of a medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
  27. 一种探测参考信号配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A sounding reference signal configuration method, comprising:
    网络设备向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置。The network device sends first information to the terminal, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。The method according to claim 27, wherein the first information comprises at least one of the following: resource location distribution method information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution method information based on a subband.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小满足以下至少一种方式:所述子带的子带大小为K个物理资源块PRB、所述子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、所述子带的子带大小与探测参考信号传输带宽具有映射关系、所述子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位;其中,所述第一参数用于指示探测参考信号的跳频信息,所述K为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 28, wherein the sub-band size of the sub-band satisfies at least one of the following manners: the sub-band size of the sub-band is K physical resource blocks PRB, the sub-band size of the sub-band The band size is determined by the first parameter, the sub-band size of the sub-band has a mapping relationship with the sounding reference signal transmission bandwidth, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is the minimum unit of the sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first The parameter is used to indicate the frequency hopping information of the sounding reference signal, and the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小由无线资源控制RRC信令配置。The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
  31. 根据权利要求28-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,所述X为大于或等于2的整数。The method according to any one of claims 28-30, wherein the information on the resource location distribution based on the subband level comprises: first bit bitmap information or X bit information, where X is greater than or equal to An integer of 2.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第一比特位图信息的长度由第二参数确定、所述第一比特位图信息的长度由在探测参考信号资源内配置的所述子带的子带个数决定;其中,所述第二参数用于指示资源映射信息。The method according to claim 31, wherein the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by a second parameter, the first bitmap information The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of the subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数、重复因子。The method according to claim 32, wherein the field in the second parameter comprises at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and a repetition factor.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合确定;所述重复因子的集合由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合确定;其中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合用于表示由所述连续OFDM符号个数组成的集合,所述重复因子的集合用于表示由所述重复因子组成的集合。The method according to claim 33, wherein the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second repetition factor set is determined; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor gather.
  35. 根据权利要求31-34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置 分布与用于传输所述SRS的时频域位置分布具有对应关系。The method according to any one of claims 31-34, wherein the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS.
  36. 根据权利要求31-35任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示所述终端是否在所述第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第一比特位为所述第一比特图信息中的一个比特位。The method according to any one of claims 31-35, wherein the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal corresponds to the position of the first bit The SRS is transmitted in a time-frequency domain position, and the first bit is a bit in the first bitmap information.
  37. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述探测参考信号资源内配置有Y个用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源且所述Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若所述Y为1,则所述X比特作为保留比特;和/或,The method according to claim 31, wherein in the case where Y time-frequency resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if all Said Y is 1, then said X bits are reserved bits; and/or,
    若所述Y小于或者等于所述X,则所述终端是否在所述Y个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,If the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether the terminal transmits the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or,
    若所述Y大于所述X,则除所述终端是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,所述终端是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的其余时频域资源上传输所述SRS通过重复利用所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。If the Y is greater than the X, except whether the terminal transmits the SRS on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information , whether the terminal transmits the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  38. 根据权利要求31-37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,所述时域资源压缩方式信息用于将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。The method according to any one of claims 31 to 37, wherein the subband level-based resource location distribution mode information further comprises: time-domain resource compression mode information, wherein the time-domain resource compression mode information is used for The time-domain location distribution of the SRS transmission is compressed.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述SRS跳频的时域位置分布进行压缩,包括:The method according to claim 38, wherein the compressing the time domain location distribution of the SRS frequency hopping comprises:
    减少所述SRS传输的时频域资源中连续两个SRS传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。The OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission is reduced.
  40. 根据权利要求28-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息包括以下至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,所述M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。The method according to any one of claims 28-30, wherein the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband comprises at least one of the following: second bitmap information, M-bit information, S-th An indication field information, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、所述第二比特位图信息的长度由所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定;其中,所述L为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 40, wherein the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, the second bit The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布具有对应关系。The method according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the position of the bit in the second bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  43. 根据权利要求40-42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示所述终端是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。The method according to any one of claims 40-42, wherein the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether the terminal corresponds to the position of the second bit The SRS is transmitted at the frequency domain position in the subband, and the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  44. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The method according to claim 40, wherein all bits in the M-bit information indicate a frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
  45. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量P,所述N为大于等于1的整数,所述P为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;所述M比特信息中除所述N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述P个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布。The method according to claim 40, wherein N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and N is Integer greater than or equal to 1, the P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the sub-band size of the sub-band; the remaining bits in the M-bit information except the N bits are determined according to the coding combination. Indicates the location distribution of the P frequency domain resources in the subband.
  46. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述S的取值由所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。The method according to claim 40, wherein the value of S is determined by the number of patterns existing in the number of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量Q,所述Q为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。The method according to claim 46, wherein the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and the Q is less than or equal to the Describes the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,所述R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述Q个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布,所述R为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 47, wherein the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate that the Q frequency domain resources are in all The position distribution in the subband, the R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  49. 根据权利要求27-48任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息由RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。The method according to any one of claims 27-48, wherein the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of a medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
  50. 一种探测参考信号配置装置,其特征在于,应用于终端,所述装置包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元用于:An apparatus for configuring a sounding reference signal, characterized in that, when applied to a terminal, the apparatus includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is configured to:
    通过所述通信单元获取来自网络设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置;Acquire first information from the network device through the communication unit, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS;
    根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布。Resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS is determined according to the first information.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。The apparatus according to claim 50, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following: resource location distribution mode information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution mode information based on a subband.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小满足以下至少一种方式:所述子带的子带大小为K个物理资源块PRB、所述子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、所述子带的子带大小与SRS传输带宽具有映射关系、所述子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位;其中,所述第一参数用于指示探测参考信号的跳频信息,所述K为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein the subband size of the subband satisfies at least one of the following manners: the subband size of the subband is K physical resource blocks PRB, the subband size of the subband The band size is determined by the first parameter, the sub-band size of the sub-band has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is the smallest unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter uses For indicating the frequency hopping information of the sounding reference signal, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小由无线资源控制RRC信令配置。The apparatus according to claim 51 or 52, wherein the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
  54. 根据权利要求51-53任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布,所述处理单元具体用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 51-53, wherein the determining, according to the first information, the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS, the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息确定在探测参考信号资源内用于传输所述SRS的时域和/或频域资源的位置分布。The location distribution of the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the sounding reference signal resource is determined according to the information on the resource location distribution manner based on the subband level.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,所述X为大于或等于2的整数。The apparatus according to claim 54, wherein the sub-band level-based resource location distribution mode information comprises: first bit bitmap information or X-bit information, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第一比特位图信息的长度由第二参数确定、所述第一比特位图信息的长度由在所述探测参考信号资源内配置的所述子带的子带个数决定;其中,所述第二参数用于指示资源映射信息。The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by a second parameter, the first The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of subbands of the subband configured in the sounding reference signal resource; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二参数中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数、重复因子。The apparatus according to claim 56, wherein the field in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols and a repetition factor.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的装置,其特征在于,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合确定;所述重复因子的集合由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合确定;其中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合用于表示由所述连续OFDM符号个数组成的集合,所述重复因子的集合用于表示由所述重复因子组成的集合。The apparatus according to claim 57, wherein the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second repetition factor set is determined; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor gather.
  59. 根据权利要求55-58任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源的位置分布具有对应关系。The apparatus according to any one of claims 55-58, wherein the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the position distribution of the time-frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS .
  60. 根据权利要求55-59任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示是否在所述第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第一比特位为所述第一比特位图信息中的一个比特位。The apparatus according to any one of claims 55-59, wherein the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the first bit is in the time-frequency domain corresponding to the position of the first bit The SRS is transmitted at the location, and the first bit is a bit in the first bitmap information.
  61. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述探测参考信号资源内配置有Y个用于传输所述SRS的时频域资源且所述Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若所述Y为1,则所述X比特作为保留比特;和/或,The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein when Y time-frequency domain resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if all Said Y is 1, then said X bits are reserved bits; and/or,
    若所述Y小于或者等于所述X,则是否在所述Y个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,If the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether to transmit the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or,
    若所述Y大于所述X,则除是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的其余时频域资源上传输所述SRS通过重复利用所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。If the Y is greater than the X, in addition to whether the SRS is transmitted on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information, whether the The transmission of the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  62. 根据权利要求55-61任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,所述时域资源压缩方式信息用于将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。The apparatus according to any one of claims 55-61, wherein the subband level-based resource location distribution mode information further comprises: time-domain resource compression mode information, wherein the time-domain resource compression mode information is used for The time-domain location distribution of the SRS transmission is compressed.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩,包括:The apparatus according to claim 62, wherein the compressing the time domain location distribution of the SRS transmission comprises:
    减少所述SRS传输的时频域资源中连续两个SRS传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。The OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission is reduced.
  64. 根据权利要求51-53任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一信息确定用于传输所述SRS的资源位置分布,所述处理单元具体用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 51-53, wherein the determining, according to the first information, the resource location distribution for transmitting the SRS, the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband is determined according to the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息包括以下至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,所述M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 64, wherein the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband comprises at least one of the following: second bitmap information, M-bit information, and S pieces of first indication field information, The M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、所述第二比特位图信息的长度由所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定;其中,所述L为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 65, wherein the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following manners: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, the second bit The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  67. 根据权利要求65或66所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与所 述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布具有对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 65 or 66, wherein the position of the bit in the second bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  68. 根据权利要求65-67任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。The apparatus according to any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether the sub-subsection corresponding to the position of the second bit The SRS is transmitted at an in-band frequency domain position, and the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  69. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The apparatus according to claim 65, wherein all bits in the M-bit information indicate a frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
  70. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量P,所述N为大于等于1的整数,所述P为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;所述M比特信息中除所述N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述P个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布。The apparatus according to claim 65, wherein N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and N is Integer greater than or equal to 1, the P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the sub-band size of the sub-band; the remaining bits in the M-bit information except the N bits are determined according to the coding combination. Indicates the location distribution of the P frequency domain resources in the subband.
  71. 根据权利要求65所述的装置,其特征在于,所述S的取值由所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。The apparatus according to claim 65, wherein the value of S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS in the subband.
  72. 根据权利要求71所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量Q,所述Q为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。The apparatus according to claim 71, wherein the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and the Q is less than or equal to the Describes the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband.
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,所述R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述Q个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布,所述R为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 72, wherein the first indication domain information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate that the Q frequency domain resources are in all The position distribution in the subband, the R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  74. 根据权利要求65-73任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述根据所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息确定在所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布,所述处理单元具体用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 65-73, wherein the frequency domain position for transmitting the SRS in the subband is determined according to the information based on the resource position distribution mode in the subband distribution, the processing unit is specifically used for:
    通过所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息以重复利用或者相同传输模式的方式确定所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The frequency domain location distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband is determined in a manner of reuse or the same transmission mode based on the resource location distribution information in the subband.
  75. 根据权利要求50-74任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息由RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。The apparatus according to any one of claims 50-74, wherein the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of a medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
  76. 一种探测参考信号配置装置,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,所述装置包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元用于:An apparatus for configuring a sounding reference signal, characterized in that, when applied to a network device, the apparatus includes a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is configured to:
    通过所述通信单元向终端发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示探测参考信号SRS的资源配置。The first information is sent to the terminal through the communication unit, where the first information is used to indicate the resource configuration of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括以下至少一种:基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息、基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息。The apparatus according to claim 76, wherein the first information comprises at least one of the following: resource location distribution method information based on a subband level, and resource location distribution method information based on a subband.
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小满足以下至少一种方式:所述子带的子带大小为K个物理资源块PRB、所述子带的子带大小由第一参数确定、所述子带的子带大小与SRS传输带宽具有映射关系、所述子带的子带大小为探测参考信号跳频的最小单位;其中,所述第一参数用于指示探测参考信号的跳频信息,所述K为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 77, wherein the sub-band size of the sub-band satisfies at least one of the following manners: the sub-band size of the sub-band is K physical resource blocks PRB, the sub-band of the sub-band The band size is determined by the first parameter, the sub-band size of the sub-band has a mapping relationship with the SRS transmission bandwidth, and the sub-band size of the sub-band is the smallest unit of sounding reference signal frequency hopping; wherein, the first parameter uses For indicating the frequency hopping information of the sounding reference signal, the K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  79. 根据权利要求76或78所述的装置,其特征在于,所述子带的子带大小由无线资源控制RRC信令配置。The apparatus according to claim 76 or 78, wherein the subband size of the subband is configured by RRC signaling.
  80. 根据权利要求77-79任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息包括:第一比特位图信息或者X比特信息,所述X为大于或等于2的整数。The apparatus according to any one of claims 77-79, wherein the information on the resource location distribution mode based on the subband level comprises: first bit bitmap information or X bit information, where X is greater than or equal to An integer of 2.
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第一比特位图信息的长度由第二参数确定、所述第一比特位图信息的长度由在探测参考信号资源内配置的所述子带的子带个数决定;其中,所述第二参数用于指示资源映射信息。The apparatus according to claim 80, wherein the length of the first bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the first bitmap information is determined by a second parameter, the first The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of the subbands configured in the sounding reference signal resource; wherein, the second parameter is used to indicate resource mapping information.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二参数中的域包括以下至少一种:连续正交频分复用OFDM符号个数、重复因子。The apparatus according to claim 81, wherein the field in the second parameter includes at least one of the following: the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and a repetition factor.
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的装置,其特征在于,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合由第一符号个数集合和第二符号个数集合确定;所述重复因子的集合由第一重复因子集合和第二重复因子集合确定;其中,所述连续OFDM符号个数的集合用于表示由所述连续OFDM符号个数组成的集合,所述重复因子的集合用于表示由所述重复因子组成的集合。The apparatus according to claim 82, wherein the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is determined by the first set of the number of symbols and the second set of the number of symbols; the set of repetition factors is determined by the first set of repetition factors and the second repetition factor set is determined; wherein, the set of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols is used to represent the set composed of the number of consecutive OFDM symbols, and the set of repetition factors is used to represent the set composed of the repetition factor gather.
  84. 根据权利要求80-83任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中比特位的位置分布与用于传输所述SRS的时频域位置分布具有对应关系。The apparatus according to any one of claims 80-83, wherein the position distribution of the bits in the first bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS.
  85. 根据权利要求80-84任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图信息中的第一比特位用于指示是否在所述第一比特位的位置对应的时频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第一比特位为所述第一比特图信息中的一个比特位。The apparatus according to any one of claims 80-84, wherein the first bit in the first bitmap information is used to indicate whether the first bit is in the time-frequency domain corresponding to the position of the first bit The SRS is transmitted at the location, and the first bit is a bit in the first bitmap information.
  86. 根据权利要求80所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述探测参考信号资源内配置有Y个用于传输所 述SRS的时频域资源且所述Y大于或者等于1的情况下,若所述Y为1,则所述X比特作为保留比特;和/或,The apparatus according to claim 80, wherein when Y time-frequency resources for transmitting the SRS are configured in the sounding reference signal resource and the Y is greater than or equal to 1, if all Said Y is 1, then said X bits are reserved bits; and/or,
    若所述Y小于或者等于所述X,则是否在所述Y个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示;和/或,If the Y is less than or equal to the X, whether to transmit the SRS on the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information; and/or,
    若所述Y大于所述X,则除是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的X个时频域资源上传输所述SRS由所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示外,是否在所述Y个时频域资源中的其余时频域资源上传输所述SRS通过重复利用所述X比特信息中的比特位进行指示。If the Y is greater than the X, in addition to whether the SRS is transmitted on the X time-frequency resources in the Y time-frequency resources is indicated by the bits in the X-bit information, whether the The transmission of the SRS on the remaining time-frequency domain resources in the Y time-frequency domain resources is indicated by reusing the bits in the X-bit information.
  87. 根据权利要求80-86任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于子带级别的资源位置分布方式信息还包括:时域资源压缩方式信息,所述时域资源压缩方式信息用于将所述SRS传输的时域位置分布进行压缩。The apparatus according to any one of claims 80 to 86, wherein the subband level-based resource location distribution mode information further comprises: time-domain resource compression mode information, wherein the time-domain resource compression mode information is used for The time-domain location distribution of the SRS transmission is compressed.
  88. 根据权利要求87所述的装置,其特征在于,所述将所述SRS跳频的时域位置分布进行压缩,包括:The apparatus according to claim 87, wherein the compressing the time domain location distribution of the SRS frequency hopping comprises:
    减少所述SRS传输的时频域资源中连续两个SRS传输的时域位置之间的OFDM符号间隔。The OFDM symbol interval between the time-domain positions of two consecutive SRS transmissions in the time-frequency domain resources of the SRS transmission is reduced.
  89. 根据权利要求77-79任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述基于子带内的资源位置分布方式信息包括以下至少一种:第二比特位图信息、M比特信息、S个第一指示域信息,所述M为大于或者等于1的整数,所述S为大于或者等于1的整数。The apparatus according to any one of claims 77-79, wherein the information based on the resource location distribution in the subband includes at least one of the following: second bitmap information, M-bit information, S-th An indication field information, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the S is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息的长度满足以下至少一种方式:所述第二比特位图信息的长度为L个比特、所述第二比特位图信息的长度由所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数决定;其中,所述L为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 89, wherein the length of the second bitmap information satisfies at least one of the following ways: the length of the second bitmap information is L bits, the second bit The length of the bitmap information is determined by the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband; wherein, the L is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  91. 根据权利要求89或90所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的比特位的位置与所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布具有对应关系。The apparatus according to claim 89 or 90, wherein the position of the bit in the second bitmap information has a corresponding relationship with the frequency domain position distribution used for transmitting the SRS in the subband.
  92. 根据权利要求89-91任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二比特位图信息中的第二比特位用于指示是否在所述第二比特位的位置对应的所述子带内的频域位置上传输所述SRS,所述第二比特位为所述第二比特位图信息中的一个比特位。The apparatus according to any one of claims 89 to 91, wherein the second bit in the second bitmap information is used to indicate whether the sub-subsection corresponding to the position of the second bit The SRS is transmitted at an in-band frequency domain position, and the second bit is a bit in the second bitmap information.
  93. 根据权利要求89所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域位置分布。The apparatus according to claim 89, wherein all bits in the M-bit information indicate a frequency domain position distribution for transmitting the SRS in the subband according to a coding combination.
  94. 根据权利要求89所述的装置,其特征在于,所述M比特信息中的N个比特位用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量P,所述N为大于等于1的整数,所述P为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数;所述M比特信息中除所述N个比特位外的其余比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述P个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布。The apparatus according to claim 89, wherein N bits in the M-bit information are used to indicate the number P of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and N is Integer greater than or equal to 1, the P is less than or equal to the number of PRBs included in the sub-band size of the sub-band; the remaining bits in the M-bit information except the N bits are determined according to the coding combination. Indicates the location distribution of the P frequency domain resources in the subband.
  95. 根据权利要求89所述的装置,其特征在于,所述S的取值由所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量所存在的模式数量决定。The apparatus according to claim 89, wherein the value of the S is determined by the number of patterns that exist in the number of frequency domain resources used to transmit the SRS in the subband.
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息用于指示所述子带内用于传输所述SRS的频域资源的数量Q,所述Q为小于或等于所述子带的子带大小包含的PRB个数。The apparatus according to claim 95, wherein the first indication domain information is used to indicate the quantity Q of frequency domain resources used for transmitting the SRS in the subband, and the Q is less than or equal to the Describes the number of PRBs included in the subband size of the subband.
  97. 根据权利要求96所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域信息包含R比特信息,所述R比特信息中的所有比特位按照编码组合方式来指示所述Q个频域资源在所述子带内的位置分布,所述R为大于或等于1的整数。The apparatus according to claim 96, wherein the first indication field information includes R-bit information, and all bits in the R-bit information indicate that the Q frequency-domain resources are located in the The position distribution in the subband, the R is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  98. 根据权利要求76-97任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息由RRC信令、媒体接入控制层的控制单元MAC CE、下行控制信息DCI中的至少之一传输。The apparatus according to any one of claims 76-97, wherein the first information is transmitted by at least one of RRC signaling, a control element MAC CE of a medium access control layer, and downlink control information DCI.
  99. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序存储于所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求1-26任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A terminal, characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, a communication interface and one or more programs, the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the programs comprising instructions for performing the steps in the method of any of claims 1-26.
  100. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口以及一个或多个程序,所述一个或多个程序存储于所述存储器中,并且被配置由所述处理器执行,所述程序包括用于执行如权利要求27-49任一项所述的方法中的步骤的指令。A network device, characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and one or more programs, the one or more programs being stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the processor, the The program includes instructions for performing the steps in the method of any of claims 27-49.
  101. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1-49中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1-49.
  102. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储用于电子数据交换的计算机程序,其中,所述计算机程序可操作来使得计算机执行如权利要求1-49中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for electronic data exchange, wherein the computer program is operable to cause a computer to perform any one of claims 1-49 method described in item.
PCT/CN2020/119727 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device WO2022067802A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202080104459.XA CN116097600A (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Sounding reference signal configuration method and device, terminal and network equipment
PCT/CN2020/119727 WO2022067802A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/119727 WO2022067802A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022067802A1 true WO2022067802A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Family

ID=80949408

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/119727 WO2022067802A1 (en) 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116097600A (en)
WO (1) WO2022067802A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023202667A1 (en) * 2022-04-20 2023-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Reference signal transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024031718A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Precoding indication method and apparatus for non-codebook-based pusch transmission supportive of 8tx

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108111279A (en) * 2017-08-21 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Reference signal transmission, parameter sending method and device, terminal, base station
EP3416330A1 (en) * 2008-08-15 2018-12-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for transmitting uplink sounding reference signal for lte system
CN110089170A (en) * 2016-12-23 2019-08-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Transmit method, the network equipment and the terminal device of data
CN110546913A (en) * 2017-04-27 2019-12-06 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transmitting SRS and terminal thereof
WO2020036720A1 (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Control elements to configure and trigger sounding reference signals
CN111277389A (en) * 2020-01-14 2020-06-12 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Sounding reference signal transmission method and related product

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3416330A1 (en) * 2008-08-15 2018-12-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for transmitting uplink sounding reference signal for lte system
CN110089170A (en) * 2016-12-23 2019-08-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Transmit method, the network equipment and the terminal device of data
CN110546913A (en) * 2017-04-27 2019-12-06 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transmitting SRS and terminal thereof
CN108111279A (en) * 2017-08-21 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Reference signal transmission, parameter sending method and device, terminal, base station
WO2020036720A1 (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Control elements to configure and trigger sounding reference signals
CN111277389A (en) * 2020-01-14 2020-06-12 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Sounding reference signal transmission method and related product

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023202667A1 (en) * 2022-04-20 2023-10-26 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Reference signal transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024031718A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Precoding indication method and apparatus for non-codebook-based pusch transmission supportive of 8tx

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116097600A (en) 2023-05-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111526588B (en) Method and device for determining transmission resources
US20230063901A1 (en) Sidelink feedback method and terminal device
US11172499B2 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, and system
KR20200138814A (en) Methods of transmitting data, terminals and network devices
CN111937452A (en) Communication method, communication device and system
WO2022067802A1 (en) Detection reference signal configuration method and apparatus, terminal, and network device
WO2022027308A1 (en) Enhanced configured grants
CN110996395B (en) Transmission configuration information indication method and device for auxiliary link, storage medium and terminal
CN116208308A (en) Method and terminal equipment for determining uplink transmission parameters
WO2021128022A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
CN109257794B (en) Random access method and equipment
EP4216610A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20220394503A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2023273869A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining priority of channel state information report, and related device
US20220304042A1 (en) Enhanced Configured Grants
CN112703808B (en) Method and apparatus for BWP handover
CN114765515A (en) Method and device for aperiodic channel state information reporting and related equipment
CN115189851B (en) Method and device for determining frequency domain resource position, terminal and network equipment
CN116347602A (en) Method and terminal equipment for determining side uplink configuration authorized resource
WO2023066202A1 (en) Resource mapping method and apparatus for reference signal, and terminal and network device
WO2023197260A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023279399A1 (en) Sidelink transmission resource determination method and sending method and apparatus, device, and medium
WO2024000591A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication device
WO2024017233A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, terminal device, network device, and chip
WO2024078464A1 (en) Uplink power control method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20955822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20955822

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1